Oracle Database Master Index: C
10g Release 1 (10.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
-
C
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
C and C++
- debugging DLLs
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- differences from PL/SQL
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
C clause
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY
(SQL Reference)
-
C datatypes
- manipulating with OCI
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
C language
- examples (using OCI)
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
C method
- mapping to an object type
(SQL Reference)
-
C number format mask
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
C preprocessor
- directives supported by Pro*C
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how used in Pro*C
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C structs
- generating for a REF
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C types of collection attributes
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C variable in SQLDA
- how value is set
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C#
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connection string
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- example
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
C++
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C++ applications
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
C++ class generator
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
C++ interface
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CA
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
cache
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dictionary
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Reference)
- statistics
(Reference)
- TopoMap object associated with
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CACHE / NOCACHE
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CACHE clause
(Concepts)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Reference)
-
CACHE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
cache files, remote crawler
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
CACHE FREE ALL SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CACHE FREE ALL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
cache functions
- server round trips
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Cache Fusion
(Concepts)
- and e-commerce applications
(Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
-
CACHE hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CACHE option
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CACHE parameter
- of CREATE SEQUENCE
(SQL Reference)
-
CACHE READS clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
CACHE statement
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
cache.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
cached cursors
- execution plan for
(SQL Reference)
-
cached sequence numbers
- Export
(Utilities)
-
CachedRowSet
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CacheRoot
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
caches
- buffer
(Concepts)
- multiple buffer pools (Concepts)
- cache hit
(Concepts)
- cache miss
(Concepts)
- data dictionary
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- location of (Concepts)
- database buffer, definition
(Concepts)
- library cache
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- object cache
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #6] (Concepts)
- [subentry #7] (Concepts)
- object views (Concepts)
- object views
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- performance statistics
(OLAP Reference)
- private SQL area
(Concepts)
- sequence numbers
(Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL area
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- use in iterative queries
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CacheType
- connection string attribute for rowsets
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
caching
- expires technique
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- owa_cache packages
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- system-level
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- undo
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- user-level
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- validation technique
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
-
caching documents
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
caching tables
- automatic caching of small tables
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
caching, client-side
- custom use for scrollable result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle use for scrollable result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
calculated members
- adding to dimension
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
calculating a linear regression
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
calculation engine
- defined
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
calculation on-the-fly
- typical strategy
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
calculations
- controlling errors during
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
calendar
- creating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- icon
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Calendar Utility
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CALENDARPRINT procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
calendars
- customizing
(Globalization Support Guide)
- parameter
(Globalization Support Guide)
- supported
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CALENDARWEEK option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CALL
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
call
- definition
(Java Developer's Guide)
- managing resources across calls
(Java Developer's Guide)
- static fields
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
CALL clause
- of CREATE TRIGGER
(SQL Reference)
-
CALL command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CALL procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CALL procedure statement
- of CREATE TRIGGER
(SQL Reference)
-
call spec
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
call spec. See call specifications
-
call specification
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
call specifications
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- in procedures
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY
(SQL Reference)
-
call specifications--see call specs
-
call specs
(Java Developer's Guide)
- basic requirements for defining
(Java Developer's Guide)
- definition
(Java Developer's Guide)
- example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- understanding
(Java Developer's Guide)
- writing object type
(Java Developer's Guide)
- writing packaged
(Java Developer's Guide)
- writing top-level
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
call specs, PL/SQL
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
CALL SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CALL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
call-ins, Web services
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
call-outs, Web services
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
callable statement
- getting a BFILE locator
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting LOB locators
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing BFILE locator
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing LOB locators
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using getOracleObject() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
callable statements
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- with arrays as parameters
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
callback
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- restrictions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
Callback class
- act method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
Callback Restrictions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
callback support
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
callback, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
callbacks
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- application failover
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic registrations
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for LOB operations
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for reading LOBs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for writing LOBs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- from external procedures
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB streaming interface
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter modes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- registration for application failover
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- user-defined functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Calling Java from PL/SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
callouts
(Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
-
calls
- inter-language
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- limiting CPU time for
(SQL Reference)
- limiting data blocks read
(SQL Reference)
- Oracle call interface
(Concepts)
- remote procedure
(Administrator's Guide)
- subprogram
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CALLTYPE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
CALS image format
(interMedia Reference)
-
cancel button
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CANCEL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CANCEL option
- managed recovery and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
cancel query
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
cancel-based media recovery
- procedures
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
canceling
- log apply services
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
canceling a cursor
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
canceling OCI calls
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
canceling RMAN commands
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
cancelling
- SQL statements
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
cancelling a cursor
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
cancelling an in-progress operation
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
cancelRowUpdates() method (result set)
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CANCEL_STATISTICS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CANCEL_TUNING_TASK procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
cannot serialize access
(Concepts)
-
canonical equivalence
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
CANONICALIZE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
canSeekBackwards( )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
cantaloupe dispenser
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CAN_REDEF_TABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
capacity planning
- [entry #2] (High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- CASCADE clause
- when dropping unique or primary keys (Administrator's Guide)
- space management
- capacity planning (Administrator's Guide)
-
capitalizing strings
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
capture avoidance rule
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
capture errors
- recovering from
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
capture parameter
- Database Character Set Scanner
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
capture process
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- altering
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- applied SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- architecture
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- ARCHIVELOG mode
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- automatic restart
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- builder server
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- building a Streams data dictionary
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- capture user
- secure queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured events
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- change cycling
- avoidance (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- changes captured
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DDL changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DML changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- NOLOGGING keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE clause for SQL*Loader (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checkpoints
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creation
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- datatypes captured
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBID
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- downstream capture
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring remote access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- dropping
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- first SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- global name
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- instantiation
- aborting database preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting schema preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting table preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a database for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a schema for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a table for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- local capture
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- log sequence number
- resetting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- log transport services
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- LogMiner
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- multiple sessions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- LogMiner data dictionary
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- applied SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- compatible tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- downstream capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- last redo entry (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- old log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluations (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parameters
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- disable_on_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disable_on_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum_scn (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- startup_seconds (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace_level (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- write_alert_log (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- persistent status
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparer servers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- reader server
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo logs
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding manually (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- missing files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluation
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule sets
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- start SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stopping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- supplemental logging
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYS schema
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYSTEM schema
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace files
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking progress (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
cardinality
(Concepts)
- degree of
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CARDINALITY column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CARDINALITY function
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
CARDINALITY operator
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
carriage return (escape sequence)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
carriage returns
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
Cartesian coordinates
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
cartesian joins
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Cartesian products
(SQL Reference)
-
cartography
- description
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
cartridge functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
cartridge, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CASCADE actions
- DELETE statements and
(Concepts)
-
CASCADE clause
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of DROP PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of DROP USER
(SQL Reference)
-
CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause
- of DROP CLUSTER
(SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLESPACE
(SQL Reference)
- of DROP VIEW
(SQL Reference)
- of REVOKE
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CASCADE parameter
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
cascaded redo log destinations
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- materialized view on logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- require standby redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role transitions
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenario
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
CASCADE_FLAG column
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
cascading revokes
(Security Guide)
-
cascading style sheet
- about
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- uploading
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Cascading Style Sheets, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
cascading style sheets, see CSS
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
case
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
case conversion
- alphabetic characters
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CASE expressions
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- searched
(SQL Reference)
- simple
(SQL Reference)
-
case of object names
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
case option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
CASE OTT parameter
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
case sensitivity
- identifier
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in precompiler options
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- string literal
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
case sensitivity in program names, option names, and values
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CASE statement
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
case statement in programs
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
case studies
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
case-insensitive linguistic sort
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
case-insensitive queries
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
case-insensitivity
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
case-sensitive
- ABOUT queries
(Text Reference)
- ABOUT query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- thesaurus
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
case-sensitive characters
- in names of executables
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in package and procedure names
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
case-sensitive index
- creating
(Text Reference)
-
case-sensitive SQL UDT names
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
-
case-sensitivity
- column name mapping
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
cases
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
CASE_NOT_FOUND exception
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CAST function
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- MULTISET parameter
(SQL Reference)
-
casting return values
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CAST_FROM_BINARY_DOUBLE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_FROM_BINARY_FLOAT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_FROM_BINARY_INTEGER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_FROM_NUMBER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_BINARY_DOUBLE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_BINARY_FLOAT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_BINARY_INTEGER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_NUMBER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_NVARCHAR2 function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_RAW function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAST_TO_VARCHAR2 function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CAT synonym for USER_CATALOG view
(Reference)
-
Catalog
-
catalog application
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
catalog arguments (DatabaseMetaData)
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CATALOG command
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
-
CATALOG view
(Reference)
-
catalog views
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- v$temporary_lobs
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CATALOG.SQL script
(Reference)
- creating V$ views
(Reference)
-
catalog.sql script
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- preparing database for Export and Import
(Utilities)
-
cataloging
- archived redo logs
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- datafiles
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- operating system copies
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
catalogs
- AWCREATE
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- database standard form
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- OLAP API enabler
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
catalogs class
- database standard form
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CATAUDIT.SQL script
- audit trail records created by
(Reference)
- audit trails for connections and disconnections
(Reference)
- auditing characteristics described by
(Reference)
- running
(Security Guide)
-
CATBLOCK.SQL script
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
CATCLUST.SQL script
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- using to create views for Real Application Clusters
(Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
-
categorical attributes
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
categorical binning
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
categories of security issues
(Security Guide)
-
CATEGORIZE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
catexp.sql script
- preparing database for Export and Import
(Utilities)
-
CATEXP7.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATHS.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATIO.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATJAVA.SQL script
(Reference)
-
catldr.sql script
- preparing for direct path loads
(Utilities)
-
CATNOADT.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNOAUD.SQL
(Security Guide)
-
CATNOAUD.SQL script
(Reference)
- running
(Security Guide)
-
CATNOHS.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNOPRT.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNOQUE.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNORMN.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNOSVM.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATNSNMP.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATOCTK.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATPROC.SQL script
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
catproc.sql script
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CATQUEUE.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATRELOD.SQL script
(Upgrade Guide)
-
CATREP.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATRMAN.SQL script
(Reference)
-
CATSEARCH
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating index for
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- operators
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CATSEARCH condition
(SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CATSEARCH operator
(Text Reference)
-
CATSEARCH queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CBLLINK command
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
CC datetime format element
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
-
CCITT compression
- Raw Pixel images and
(interMedia Reference)
-
CDA command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CDATA Section
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CDATA, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
cdemomt.c
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
CDS. See Cell Directory Service (CDS)
-
CDS. See Cell Directory Services (CDS)
-
CEIL function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
cell coordinate system
(Spatial GeoRaster)
- relationship to model coordinate system
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
cell data
- querying and updating
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
Cell Directory Service (CDS)
- cds_attributes file
- modifying for name resolution in CDS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- naming adapter components
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- naming adapter includes
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle service names
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- using to perform name lookup
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
Cell Directory Services (CDS) external naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
-
Cell Name field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
cell referencing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
cellDepth keyword for storageParam
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
CELLSPRINT procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
census (U.S.) data
- demo for processing
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CENTER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CENTER function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
center of gravity (centroid)
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CENTER procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CENTERCLOSE function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CENTERCLOSE procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CENTEROPEN function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CENTEROPEN procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
central database management
- configuring
(2 Day DBA)
-
central repository
(Security Guide)
-
centralized management with distributable tools
(Security Guide)
-
centralized naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- establishing a connection with
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
centralized user management
- distributed systems
(Administrator's Guide)
-
centroid
(Data Mining Concepts)
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CENTROID function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
century
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- date format masks
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CERN
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
certificate
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- digital
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- management
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- X.509
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
certificate authentication
(Security Guide)
-
certificate authorities
(Security Overview)
- introduction
(Security Overview)
-
certificate authority
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
Certificate dialog box
- Internet Explorer
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
certificate key algorithm
- certificates for user and server authentication
(Security Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer
- certificate key algorithm (Security Guide)
-
certificate revocation list
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
certificate revocation lists
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- manipulating with orapki tool
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- uploading to LDAP directory
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
certificate revocation status checking
- disabling on server
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
certificate validation
(New Features Guide)
-
certificate validation error message
- CRL could not be found
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL date verification failed with RSA status
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL signature verification failed with RSA status
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Fetch CRL from CRL DP
- No CRLs found (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- OID hostname or port number not set
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
certificates
- contents
(Security Overview)
- introduction
(Security Overview)
- support for multiple
(Security Overview)
- trusted
(Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- X.509 Version 3
(Security Overview)
-
CESU-8 compliance
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
cfg_get
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CFG_GET function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
cfg_refresh
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CFG_REFRESH procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CFG_UPDATE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CFS
-
CFS (cluster filesystem)
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
CGI
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- environment variables
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- scripts
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
CGI variables
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
chained rows
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- eliminating from table, procedure
(Administrator's Guide)
- listing
(SQL Reference)
- of clusters
(SQL Reference)
-
CHAINED_ROWS table
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- used by ANALYZE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
-
chaining mode
(Security Guide)
- modifiers (CBC, CFB, ECB, OFB
(Security Guide)
-
chaining of rows
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
challenge-response authentication in RADIUS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CHANGE
- SQL*Plus command
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CHANGE CATEGORY clause
- of ALTER OUTLINE
(SQL Reference)
-
CHANGE command
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AVAILABLE option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- KEEP option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- UNAVAILABLE option
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- UNCATALOG option
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
change control
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
Change Data Capture
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Asynchronous
(New Features Guide)
- asynchronous
- Streams apply process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Streams capture process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- benefits for subscribers
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- choosing a mode
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- effects of stopping on DDL
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- latency
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- modes of data capture
- asynchronous AutoLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous HotLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Oracle Data Pump and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing from database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- restriction on direct-path INSERT statement
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting up
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- source database performance impact
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- static data dictionary views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported export utility
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported import utility
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- systemwide triggers installed by
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
change data capture
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
Change Data Capture publisher
- default tablespace for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CHANGE functions and procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
change management
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
Change Password screen
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
change passwords
- for oracle-supplied accounts
(Upgrade Guide)
-
CHANGE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
change requests
- managing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
change sets
- AutoLog
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- AutoLog change sources and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- effects of disabling
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- HotLog
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- HOTLOG_SOURCE change sources and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing asynchronous
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous Change Data Capture and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sources
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
change sources
- asynchronous AutoLog Change Data Capture and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- database instance represented
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- HOTLOG_SOURCE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sets
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
change tables
- adding a column to
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- control columns
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping with active subscribers
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- effect of SQL DROP USER CASCADE statement on
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- exporting
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- granting subscribers access to
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing for Change Data Capture
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all in a named change set
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all on staging database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging by name
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging of unneeded data
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- source tables referenced by
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- tablespaces created in
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
change tracking
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
change vectors
(Administrator's Guide)
-
change-aware incremental backups
(New Features Guide)
-
change-based media recovery
- coordinated in distributed databases
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
change-value selection
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CHANGEBYTES function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
changeCellValue procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
CHANGECHARS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
changed features
(Data Guard Broker)
-
changeFormat procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
changeFormatCopy procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
changes
- dropping
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
ChangeWorkspaceType procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CHANGE_EDGE_COORDS procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CHANGE_JOIN_POS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CHANGE_PASSWORD command
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
-
CHANGE_SETS view
(Reference)
-
CHANGE_SOURCES view
(Reference)
-
CHANGE_TABLES view
(Reference)
-
changing
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- definition components
(OLAP DML Reference)
- destination attributes
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- global name
- logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby database name
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- name of an object
(OLAP DML Reference)
- port
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- properties
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- protection mode
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- roles
- within the broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- states
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a standby database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
-
changing a database ID
(Utilities)
-
changing a database name
(Utilities)
-
channel failover
- automated
(New Features Guide)
-
channelOrder operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
channels
- allocating manually for backups
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- allocating to shared server sessions
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- character sets
- setting for use with RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- configuring automatic
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- configuring for backups
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- control options
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- difference between manual and automatic
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- generic configurations
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- multiple
- crosschecking and deleting (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- overriding automatic
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- parallelism for manual channels
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- preconfigured disk
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RMAN naming conventions
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specific configurations
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
CHANNEL_DIM table
- described
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CHAR
- external datatype
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
CHAR character semantics
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
CHAR class
- conversions with KPRB driver
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CHAR clause
- VARIABLE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CHAR column
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing
(Text Reference)
-
CHAR columns
- changing format
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- definition from DESCRIBE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- migrating to NCHAR columns
(Globalization Support Guide)
- space padding
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using setFixedCHAR() to match in WHERE
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CHAR datatype
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Reference)
- blank-padded comparison semantics
(Concepts)
- character fields
- delimiters and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- delimiters and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- determining length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader datatypes (Utilities)
- converting to VARCHAR2
(SQL Reference)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- increasing column length
(Administrator's Guide)
- reference
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- semantics
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CHAR datatypes
- external
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHAR length semantics
(SQL Reference)
-
CHAR qualifier for column lengths
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
character data
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- converting with CONVERT SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
- varying width
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
character data conversion
- database character set
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character data scanning
- before character set migration
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character functions
(SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
character host variables
- as output variables
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- handling
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- server handling
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- types
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
Character Large Object
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
Character Large Object (CLOB)
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
character large object, see CLOB
-
character large objects. See CLOB
-
character length semantics
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
character literal. See text
-
character literals
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
Character Map Windows utility
- choosing a font
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
character rearrangement
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character repertoire
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character semantics
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
character set
- changing
(SQL Reference)
- changing after database creation
(Globalization Support Guide)
- conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- customizing
(Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss during conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- detecting with Globalization Development Kit
(Globalization Support Guide)
- encoding
(Globalization Support Guide)
- indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing mixed
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- national
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
character set and language
(New Features Guide)
-
character set change, reconfiguration after
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
character set column
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
character set conversion
- between OCI client and database server
(Globalization Support Guide)
- parameters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character set definition
- customizing
(Globalization Support Guide)
- guidelines for editing files
(Globalization Support Guide)
- naming files
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character set form
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
character set ID
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- getting the
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- See CSID parameter
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- Unicode
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
character set migration
- CSALTER script
(Globalization Support Guide)
- identifying character data conversion problems
(Globalization Support Guide)
- postmigration tasks
(Globalization Support Guide)
- scanning character data
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CHARACTER SET parameter
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE
(SQL Reference)
-
Character Set Scanner
(New Features Guide)
- script
(New Features Guide)
-
character sets
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- AL16UTF16
(Globalization Support Guide)
- AL24UTFFSS
(Globalization Support Guide)
- AL32UTF8
(Globalization Support Guide)
- Asian
(Globalization Support Guide)
- Chinese
(Text Reference)
- choosing
(Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a character set for a Unicode database
(Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a national character set
(Globalization Support Guide)
- CLOB and NCLOB datatypes
(Concepts)
- CLOSE_ITERATOR procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- column lengths
(Concepts)
- common
(SQL Reference)
- conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- during Export and Import (Utilities)
- conversion using OCI
(Globalization Support Guide)
- conversions with KPRB driver
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data loss
(Globalization Support Guide)
- database, specifying
(SQL Reference)
- defining
(2 Day DBA)
- eight-bit to seven-bit conversions
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- European
(Globalization Support Guide)
- for net service name
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- identifying for external tables
(Utilities)
- importing and exporting XML data
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- ISO 8859 series
(Globalization Support Guide)
- Japanese
(Text Reference)
- Korean
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- Middle Eastern
(Globalization Support Guide)
- migrating
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- migrating and the data dictionary
(Globalization Support Guide)
- migration
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- multibyte
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- multibyte characters
(SQL Reference)
- multibyte characters in role names
(Security Guide)
- multibyte characters in role passwords
(Security Guide)
- naming
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2
(Concepts)
- network, for keyword values
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- restrictions on character sets used to express names
(Globalization Support Guide)
- single-byte
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- specifying for database
(SQL Reference)
- specifying when creating a database
(Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Loader control file
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader conversion between
(Utilities)
- supersets and subsets
(Globalization Support Guide)
- support for
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- supported
(Globalization Support Guide)
- supporting different character repertoires
(Globalization Support Guide)
- Unicode
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- universal
(Globalization Support Guide)
- upgrading the database
(Upgrade Guide)
- UTFE
(Globalization Support Guide)
- varying-width
- CLOBs and NCLOBs (Upgrade Guide)
- XML Schema Processor for Java, supported by
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
character strings
- comparison rules
(SQL Reference)
- exact matching
(SQL Reference)
- external tables
- specifying bytes or characters (Utilities)
- fixed-length
(SQL Reference)
- multibyte
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- national character set
(SQL Reference)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- variable length
(SQL Reference)
- variable-length
(SQL Reference)
- zero-length
(SQL Reference)
-
CHARACTER subtype
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
character type conversion
- error reporting
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
character values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- assigning
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- comparing
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- selecting
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stripping blank spaces from
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
character-length semantics
(Utilities)
-
character-set
- indexing mixed columns
(Text Reference)
-
character-set conversion
- with INSO_FILTER
(Text Reference)
-
CharacterData
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
characters
- available in all Oracle database character sets
(Globalization Support Guide)
- capitalizing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- context-sensitive
(Globalization Support Guide)
- continuation
(Text Reference)
- contracting
(Globalization Support Guide)
- converting to uppercase
(OLAP DML Reference)
- finding location in text expression
(OLAP DML Reference)
- functions for
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- numeric group separators
(Reference)
- numgroup
(Text Reference)
- numjoin
(Text Reference)
- printjoin
(Text Reference)
- punctuation
(Text Reference)
- representing as decimals
(OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as hexadecimals
(OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as Unicode
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving decimal representation
(OLAP DML Reference)
- single, comparison rules
(SQL Reference)
- skipjoin
(Text Reference)
- specifying for newline
(Text Reference)
- specifying for whitespace
(Text Reference)
- startjoin and endjoin
(Text Reference)
- user-defined
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
characters, special
- inserting in XML documents
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
characters, valid
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CHARACTERSET parameter
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
charactersets
- multibyte, LONG and LOB datatypes
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CHARF datatype
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHARF datatype specifier
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in VAR statement
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHARF datatypes
- external
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHARLIST function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
charset attribute
(Text Reference)
-
charset column
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CHARSET option
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CHARSETFORM property
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CHARSETID property
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CHARSET_FILTER
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- attributes for
(Text Reference)
- mixed character-set example
(Text Reference)
-
CHARTOROWID function
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
charts
- creating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- providing textual descriptions for accessibility
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- support
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CHARZ
- external datatype
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
CHARZ datatype
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHAR_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CHAR_MAP precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CHAR_TO_LABEL function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
check box
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- creating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CHECK clause
- of constraints
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
CHECK constraint, triggers and
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
check constraints
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- checking mechanism
(Concepts)
- defined
(Concepts)
- multiple constraints on a column
(Concepts)
- overriding disabling of
(Utilities)
- subqueries prohibited in
(Concepts)
-
check constraints, how to use
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CHECK DATAFILES clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
Check TCP/IP client access rights option in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CHECKIN function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
checklist
- tasks for creating physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tasks for creating standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
checklists and recommendations
- custom installation
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- disallow modifying default permissions for Oracle Database home (installation) directory or its contents
(Security Guide)
- disallow modifying Oracle home default permissions
(Security Guide)
- limit the number of operating system users
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- limit the privileges of the operating system accounts
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- networking security
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- personnel
(Security Guide)
- physical access control
(Security Guide)
- restrict symbolic links
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- secure installation and configuration
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
CHECKOUT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CheckPoint
(Security Guide)
-
CHECKPOINT clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
checkpoint process (CKPT)
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
checkpoint tuning
- automatic
(New Features Guide)
-
checkpoints
- [entry #2] (High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- checkpoint interval
(Reference)
- checkpoint process (CKPT)
(Concepts)
- control files and
(Concepts)
- DBWn process
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- forcing
(SQL Reference)
- incremental
(Concepts)
- statistics
(Reference)
- statistics on
(Concepts)
-
CHECKPRIVILEGES function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
checkProperties( )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
checkProperties( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Reference)
-
checkProperties(byte[ ] [ ] )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
CHECKSUM functions
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
checksums
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- [entry #3] (Security Overview)
- algorithms
(Security Overview)
- code example
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for data blocks
(Administrator's Guide)
- redo log blocks
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting parameters in Java
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SSL
(Security Overview)
- support by OCI drivers
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by Thin driver
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CHECK_CONTROL option
- and label update
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and labeling functions
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with other options
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CHECK_OBJECT procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPAIR package
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- finding extent of corruption
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CHGDFN command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CHGDIMS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
child layer
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
child node
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
child process
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
child rows
- deleting
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
child workspace
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- as alternative to creating savepoint
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- merging
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- refreshing
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- removing
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CHILDLOCK statement
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Chinese
- fuzzy matching
(Text Reference)
-
Chinese character sets supported
(Text Reference)
-
Chinese GB16030 character set
(New Features Guide)
-
Chinese indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
Chinese lexicon, modifying
(Text Reference)
-
Chinese text
- indexing
(Text Reference)
-
CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER object
(Text Reference)
-
CHOOSE hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CHOOSE optimizer mode parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CHOOSE_DATE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
choosing a character set
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
choosing between a Unicode database and Unicode datatypes
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CHR function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
chronos_setup.sh
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- configuring OracleAS Web Cache
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- configuring the Web Server
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- starting End-User Response Time Monitoring
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
CHUNK
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CHUNK clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
CHUNK option
(interMedia User's Guide)
-
ChunkSize
- connection string attribute for rowsets
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
chunksize
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- multiple of, to improve performance
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CHUNKSIZE and LOB storage properties
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
cipher block chaining mode
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
cipher suite
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
cipher suites
- Secure Sockets Layer
(Security Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ciphertext
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
circle
- creating polygon approximating
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- not supported with geodetic data
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- type
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CIRCLE_POLYGON function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CIRCUITS initialization parameter
(Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
circular reuse records
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
Cisco
(Security Guide)
-
CITE function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CITE procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CJQ0 process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
CKPT background process
(Concepts)
-
class
- attributes
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition
(Java Developer's Guide)
- dynamic loading
(Java Developer's Guide)
- execution
(Java Developer's Guide)
- hierarchy
(Java Developer's Guide)
- inheritance
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loader
(Java Developer's Guide)
- loading
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- marking valid
(Java Developer's Guide)
- methods
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- name
(Java Developer's Guide)
- protected
(Java Developer's Guide)
- publish
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving references
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- schema object
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
Class Generator
- XML C++
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Class Generator, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
class ID
- CLSID_OraOLEDB
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
Class Inheritance
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
Class interface
- forName method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
class libraries, obtaining
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
class schema object
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
classes
- Agent class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- AnyData class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bfile class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Blob class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bytes class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Clob class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Connection class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ConnectionPool class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Consumer class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- database standard form
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- Date class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- directives
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- DOMBuilder()
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Environment class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalDS class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalYM class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Listener class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Map class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Message class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Metadata class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- NotifyResult class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Number class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OrdAudio
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdDoc
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdHttpJspResponseHandler
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdHttpResponseHandler
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdHttpUploadFile
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdHttpUploadFormData
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdImage
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdImageSignature
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdMediaUtil
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdMultipartFilter
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdMultipartWrapper
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- OrdVideo
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- PObject class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Producer class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Ref class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- RefAny class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ResultSet class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setSchemaValidationMode()
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- StatelessConnectionPool class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Statement class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Stream class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Subscription class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Timestamp class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- wait events
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
classes, extending
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
classes12.jar file
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
ClassForName class
- lookupClass method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
classForNameAndSchema method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
classification
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Decision Tree (supervised)
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- rule-based
- simple, see rule-based classification
- supervised
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SVM (supervised)
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- testing models
(Data Mining Concepts)
- text mining
(Data Mining Concepts)
- use
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
classification application
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
classification models
- building
(Data Mining Concepts)
- evaluation
(Data Mining Concepts)
- testing
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
classifying documents
(Text Reference)
- clustering
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
-
ClassNotFoundException
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
CLASSPATH
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- configuring to run XSU
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- XSQL Pages
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CLASSPATH for ODM
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
classpath option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
classpath, awareness of environment classpath
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
CLASSPATH, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CLASSPATH, specifying
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
clauses
- AUTHID
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- BULK COLLECT
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LIMIT
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLEANUP command
-
CLEAR clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in ATTRIBUTE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLEAR command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BREAKS clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTES clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCREEN clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLEAR LOGFILE clause
- ALTER DATABASE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
clear screen button
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILES clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
clearBatch() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
clearBindValues()
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
clearClientIdentifier() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
clearDefines() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
clearing redo log files
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
clearing RMAN configuration
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
clearing your screen
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLEARKEYCOLUMNLIST procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
clearLocal( )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
clearLocal( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
cleartext
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
CLEARUPDATECOLUMNLIST procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
clearUpdateColumnNames()
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CLEAR_COOKIES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLEAR_EXPRSET_STATS procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
-
CLEAR_PENDING_AREA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLEAR_PLSQL_TRACE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLEAR_PROP_STATISTICS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CLEAR_TOPO_MAP procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CLEAR_USED procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLI
-
clicks
- counting
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
client
- setup
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
client authentication
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
client authentication in SSL
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
client checklist
(Security Guide)
-
client configuration
- connect-time failover
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancing requests among listeners
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager address
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb connections
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
client connections
- methods
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
client events
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
client globalization settings
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
client load balancing
- configuring
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- described
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
client machine
- configuring network
(2 Day DBA)
-
client operating system
- character set compatibility with applications
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
client processes. See user processes
-
Client Registration ID field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
client request
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
-
client testing
- connectivity
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from 3GL
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from applications
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from the operating system
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
client tier
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
client troubleshooting
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
client, definition
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
client-server configurations
(Upgrade Guide)
-
client/server applications
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
client/server architectures
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- definition
(Concepts)
- diagrammed
(Concepts)
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed processing in
(Concepts)
- globalization support
(Administrator's Guide)
- overview of
(Concepts)
- program interface
(Concepts)
-
client/server, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
clients
- automatic LDAP discovery
(New Features Guide)
- in client/server architecture, definition
(Concepts)
- instant
(New Features Guide)
-
Clients allowed to access field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
Clients excluded from access field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CLIENT_IDENTIFIER
- setting and clearing with DBMS_SESSION package
(Security Guide)
- setting for applications that use JDBC
(Security Guide)
- setting with OCI user session handle attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CLIENT_IDENTIFIER attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CLIENT_ID_STAT_DISABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLIENT_ID_STAT_ENABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLIENT_ID_TRACE_DISABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLIENT_ID_TRACE_ENABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLIENT_INFO attribute, USERENV
(Security Guide)
-
clinical data table
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
clipping
- geometric segment
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- see trimming
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLIP_GEOM_SEGMENT function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOB
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- class
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and populating
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating columns
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datatype
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- EMPTY_CLOB function
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- interface changes
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting from result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to callable statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to prepared statement (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators, selecting
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- manipulating data
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- populating columns
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOB (Character Large Object) datatype
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CLOB and NCLOB data
- binding and defining in OCI
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CLOB class
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
Clob class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOB clause
- VARIABLE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOB column
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CLOB columns
- changing format
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting maximum width
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval position
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval size
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOB datatype
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- transactional support
(SQL Reference)
-
CLOB implicit conversion
(New Features Guide)
-
CLOB, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOB-buffering
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CLOB2FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOBs
- columns
- varying- width character data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- compatibility
(Upgrade Guide)
- creating indexes
(Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- varying-width columns (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- DBMS_LOB, offset and amount parameters in characters
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- example
(Utilities)
- external datatype
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- modify using DBMS_LOB
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- opening and closing using JDBC
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- reading/examining with JDBC
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- using JDBC to modify
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CLOB_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
clone databases
- mounting
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- preparing for TSPITR
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- preparing parameter files for
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
Clone method
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CLONENODE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLONE_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLONE_TABLESPACES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
cloning considerations
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
CLOSE command
- examples
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOSE CONNECTIONS command
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
CLOSE CURSOR statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOSE DATABASE LINK clause
- ALTER SESSION statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION
(SQL Reference)
-
CLOSE SQL statements
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOSE statement
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dependence on precompiler options
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
close( )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
close( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
-
close()
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
close() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for caching statements
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOSECONTEXT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSECURSOR variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
closeFile() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
closeSource( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
-
closeSource(byte[ ] [ ] )
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
closeWithKey()
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
closeWithKey() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CLOSE_ALL_CONNECTIONS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSE_CONNECTION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSE_CURSOR function
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
CLOSE_CURSOR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSE_ITERATOR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSE_ON_COMMIT
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOSE_ON_COMMIT precompiler option
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONNS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
closing
- all open BFILEs
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- BFILEs with CLOSE
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- BFILEs with FILECLOSE
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
closing database links
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER macro
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
CLU synonym for USER_CLUSTERS view
(Reference)
-
clump
(Text Reference)
-
clump size in near operator
(Text Reference)
-
cluster
- adding nodes
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- availability checking
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- deinstallation
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- detection
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- installation
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
cluster centroid
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
CLUSTER clause
- of ANALYZE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- of TRUNCATE
(SQL Reference)
-
Cluster Database Management Error Messages (PRKP)
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
cluster databases, monitoring
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
cluster file system
- broker configuration files
(Data Guard Broker)
- storage in Real Application Clusters
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
cluster filesystem
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
CLUSTER hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
cluster installation
- command line options
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
cluster interconnect
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
cluster keys
(Concepts)
-
Cluster Manager (CSS)
- log files
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
cluster nodes
- adding
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
Cluster Ready Services
- [entry #2] (High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
- and instances of a RAC database
(Data Guard Broker)
- configuration recommendations
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- recover failed instances
(Data Guard Broker)
-
Cluster Ready Services (CRS)
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
cluster verification
(New Features Guide)
-
clustered computer systems
- Real Application Clusters
(Concepts)
-
clustered environment support
- Scheduler
(New Features Guide)
-
clustered tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
clustering
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (New Features Guide)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- document
(New Features Guide)
- k-means
(Data Mining Concepts)
- KMEAN_CLUSTERING
(Text Reference)
- O-cluster
(Data Mining Concepts)
- orthogonal partitioning
(Data Mining Concepts)
- text mining
(Data Mining Concepts)
- types
(Text Reference)
-
clustering models
- attributes
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- tips
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
CLUSTERING procedure
(Text Reference)
-
clustering software
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
clustering types
(Text Reference)
-
clustering, see unsupervised classification
-
clusters
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- allocating extents
(Administrator's Guide)
- altering
(Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing
(Administrator's Guide)
- Application Server
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- assigning tables to
(SQL Reference)
- caching retrieved blocks
(SQL Reference)
- cannot be partitioned
(Concepts)
- cluster indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- cluster keys
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- clustered tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- collecting statistics on
(SQL Reference)
- columns for cluster key
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- database
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- deallocating extents
(Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused extents
(SQL Reference)
- definition
(Concepts)
- degree of parallelism
- changing (SQL Reference)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- when creating (SQL Reference)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- dictionary locks and
(Concepts)
- dropping
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tables
(SQL Reference)
- estimating space
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- extents, allocating
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges for
(SQL Reference)
- guidelines for managing
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- hash
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- contrasted with index (Concepts)
- single-table (SQL Reference)
- sorted (SQL Reference)
- sorted (SQL Reference)
- hash and scans of
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
- index
- contrasted with hash (Concepts)
- indexed
(SQL Reference)
- indexes on
(Concepts)
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- key values
- allocating space for (SQL Reference)
- modifying space for (SQL Reference)
- keys
(Concepts)
- affect indexing of nulls (Concepts)
- location
(Administrator's Guide)
- migrated and chained rows in
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- modifying
(SQL Reference)
- Oracle Application Server
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- overview of
(Concepts)
- physical attributes
- changing (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- privileges
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- Real Application
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- releasing unused space
(SQL Reference)
- removing from the database
(SQL Reference)
- rowids and
(Concepts)
- scans of
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- selecting tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- single-table hash clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
- sorted hash
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- specifying PCTFREE for
(Administrator's Guide)
- SQL examples
(SQL Reference)
- storage attributes
- changing (SQL Reference)
- storage characteristics, changing
(SQL Reference)
- storage parameters of
(Concepts)
- tablespace in which created
(SQL Reference)
- truncating
(Administrator's Guide)
- validating structure
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
clusterware installation
(New Features Guide)
-
clusterware management
- integrated
(New Features Guide)
- [subentry #2] (New Features Guide)
-
Clusterware, installing
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
clusterwide outage
- restoring
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
CLUSTER_DATABASE initialization parameter
(Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CLUSTER_DATABASE parameter
(Concepts)
-
CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES initialization parameter
(Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS
- parameter
(Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
-
CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS initialization parameter
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CLUSTER_NODES
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
CMADMIN (Connection Manager Administration)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
cman.ora file
- comments in configuration files
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- default values of parameters
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- example
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- parameters
- ACT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ADDRESS (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ASO_AUTHENTICATION_FILTER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DST (Net Services Reference Guide)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Reference Guide)
- IDLE_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Reference Guide)
- MAX_CMCTL_SESSIONS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- MAX_CONNECTIONS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- MAX_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference Guide)
- MIN_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference Guide)
- OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Reference Guide)
- PASSWORD_instance_name (Net Services Reference Guide)
- REMOTE_ADMIN (Net Services Reference Guide)
- RULE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSION_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SRC (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SRV (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Reference Guide)
- setting up
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CMAN.ORA file, creating
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CMDSEP variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CMGW (Connection Manager Gateway)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
COALESCE clause
- for partitions
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Reference)
-
COALESCE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- as a variety of CASE expression
(SQL Reference)
-
COALESCE PARTITION clause
(Administrator's Guide)
-
COALESCE SUBPARTITION clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
coalescing extents
(Concepts)
-
coalescing free space
- extents
- SMON process (Concepts)
- within data blocks
(Concepts)
-
coalescing indexes
- costs
(Administrator's Guide)
-
COBOL
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
COBOL datatypes, additional
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COBOL versions supported
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COBOL-74
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COBOL-85
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COBSQL
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
CoCreateInstance
- creating an instance of the data source object
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
CODE
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
code
- example programs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- list of demonstration programs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- native compilation
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
code chart
- displaying and printing
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
code examples
- description of RMAN
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
code for examples
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CODE function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
code generation, Java
- class generation with handles
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- class generation without handles
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- for method parameters
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- for wrapper classes
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of Java interfaces
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of non-SQLJ classes
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of SQLJ classes
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of toString() method
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- mapping for JavaBeans arguments
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- serializability of object wrappers
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- subclasses for Java-to-Java transformations
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- support for inheritance
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of output parameters
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of overloaded methods
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
code generation, PL/SQL
- for table functions
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- names of wrapper and dropper scripts
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL wrappers (call specs)
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- specifying generation of wrapper functions
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
CODE option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
CODE OTT parameter
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
code page
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
code point
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CODE precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CODE procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Code Wizard for the PL/SQL Gateway sample application
(interMedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
-
CODE, parameter for APPLET tag
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CODEBASE, parameter for APPLET tag
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
codecs (compression and decompression schemes)
(interMedia User's Guide)
-
codes, URL status
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
CodeSource class
(Java Developer's Guide)
- equals method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- implies method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
coding area
- for paragraph names
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
coding conventions
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
coding guidelines
- reserved words
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
coherency
- of object cache
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
COL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COL view
(Reference)
-
cold failover
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
cold failover cluster
- definition
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
collating sequence
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
collation
- customizing
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
COLLECT function
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
COLLECT GET statement
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COLLECTION APPEND
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COLLECTION APPEND statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
collection attribute
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
COLLECTION DESCRIBE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION GET statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection object types (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
collection directory
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
collection exceptions
- when raised
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
collection index
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
collection methods
- applying to parameters
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- usage
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
COLLECTION RESET statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION SET statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION TRIM statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION RESET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
collection set operations
(New Features Guide)
-
Collection Showcase
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
collection types
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- multilevel
(SQL Reference)
- output
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- representing in Java
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
collection-typed values
- converting to datatypes
(SQL Reference)
-
collections
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (HTML DB User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Utilities)
- adding members
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- and C
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- assigning
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- autonomous access
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- bulk binding
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- clearing session state
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- collection columns
- user-specified storage (Upgrade Guide)
- collection locators
- compatibility (Upgrade Guide)
- comparing
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constructing
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructors
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- creating
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide)
- data manipulation functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes
- declaring variables
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining types
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- deleting members
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- describing
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- determining status
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- DML on
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- element access
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- element types
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- enhanced
(New Features Guide)
- functions for manipulating
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- HTMLDB_COLLECTION API
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- index-organized tables
(Concepts)
- key compression (Concepts)
- initializing
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting rows into
(SQL Reference)
- kinds
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- loading
(Utilities)
- managing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- manipulating
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- merging
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- modifying
(SQL Reference)
- modifying retrieval method
(SQL Reference)
- multi level
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- multilevel
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constructing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating with REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DML (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object views containing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- naming
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- nested tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- OBJECT GET statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- querying
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- referencing
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- scanning functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scope
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- See also varrays, nested tables
- substituting in
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- supported datatypes
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- table items
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- testing for empty
(SQL Reference)
- treating as a table
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- truncating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- unnesting
(SQL Reference)
- examples (SQL Reference)
- updating members
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- variable arrays (VARRAYs)
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- VARRAYs
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- varrays
(SQL Reference)
- working with
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
collections (nested tables and arrays)
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CollectionType property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
COLLECTION_IS_NULL exception
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
collocated inline views
- tuning distributed queries
(Administrator's Guide)
-
COLOCATED_REFERENCE_FEATURES procedure
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
colocation mining
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
colon
- use of with host variables
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
colons (:)
- bind variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
color visual attribute
(interMedia User's Guide)
- location visual attribute
(interMedia User's Guide)
- specified with location
(interMedia User's Guide)
-
colorFrequenciesList internal helper type
(interMedia Reference)
-
colormap
- alpha (opacity) value
(Spatial GeoRaster)
- getting
(Spatial GeoRaster)
- getting table
(Spatial GeoRaster)
- pseudocolor information
(Spatial GeoRaster)
- SDO_GEOR_COLORMAP object type
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
colorPositions internal helper type
(interMedia Reference)
-
colorsList internal helper type
(interMedia Reference)
-
COLS synonym for USER_TAB_COLUMNS view
(Reference)
-
COLSEP variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
column alias
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when needed
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
column array rows
- specifying number of
(Utilities)
-
COLUMN command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ALIAS clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and BREAK command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in bottom titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in top titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering multiple
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_AFTER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_BEFORE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting a REFCURSOR variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP character
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- JUSTIFY clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing column display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWLINE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEW_VALUE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPRINT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OLD_VALUE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting a column to default display
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting to default display
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring column display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing current date in variable for titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing column display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATED clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WORD_WRAPPED clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAPPED clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
column data
- special characters in
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
column data types
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
column groups
(Advanced Replication)
- column objects
(Advanced Replication)
- nested tables
(Advanced Replication)
- object tables
(Advanced Replication)
- shadow
(Advanced Replication)
-
column headings
- aligning
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing character used to underline
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing to two or more words
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying on more than one line
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing printing in a report
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for CHAR and LONG columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for DATE columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for NUMBER columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
column list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in INSERT statements
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when permissible to omit
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
column masking behavior
(Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
column masking behavior restrictions
(Security Guide)
-
column masking behavior, VPD
(Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
column masking for VPD
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
column name
- restrictions on spatial column names
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
column objects
- column groups
(Advanced Replication)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS parameter
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- conflict resolution
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- direct path loading of
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- loading
(Utilities)
- with user-defined constructors (Utilities)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- versus row objects
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
column order
- indexes
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
column REF constraints
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
column separator
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
column subsetting
(Advanced Replication)
- columns
- character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure (Advanced Replication)
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution methods
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
column type attribute, PL/SQL
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
column types
- defining
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- redefining
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supported for indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
column-level VPD
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- adding policies for
(Security Guide)
- column masking behavior
(Security Guide)
- default behavior
(Security Guide)
- does not apply to synonyms
(Security Guide)
- new features
(Security Guide)
-
column-level VPD column masking restrictions
(Security Guide)
-
columnBlockNumber attribute of SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
columnProps attribute
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
columns
- accessing in triggers
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- adding
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- adding to master tables
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- aliases for
(SQL Reference)
- altering storage
(SQL Reference)
- assigning aliases
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- associating statistics with
(SQL Reference)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- basing an index on
(SQL Reference)
- cardinality
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- collecting statistics on
(SQL Reference)
- column groups
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing members from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- COMMENT statement
(Concepts)
- comments on
(SQL Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_COLUMN_GROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- computing summary lines
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying values between tables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating comments about
(SQL Reference)
- default values
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- default values for
(Concepts)
- default width in reports
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(SQL Reference)
- described
(Concepts)
- displaying information about
(Administrator's Guide)
- displaying values in bottom titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying values in top titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dropping
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping from a table
(SQL Reference)
- exporting LONG datatypes
(Utilities)
- formatting CHAR, VARCHAR, LONG, and DATE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in reports
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting MLSLABEL, RAW MLSLABEL, ROWLABEL
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- generating derived values with triggers
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- getting value from a report column
(OLAP DML Reference)
- granting privileges for selected
(Security Guide)
- granting privileges on
(Security Guide)
- headings in a report
(OLAP DML Reference)
- hidden
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- in reports
(OLAP DML Reference)
- increasing length
(Administrator's Guide)
- indexes on column objects
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- INSERT privilege and
(Security Guide)
- integrity constraints
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- listing display attributes for all
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing display attributes for one
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing users granted to
(Security Guide)
- loading REF columns
(Utilities)
- LOB
- storage attributes (SQL Reference)
- maximum in concatenated indexes
(Concepts)
- maximum in view or table
(Concepts)
- maximum number of
(SQL Reference)
- metadata
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- modifying definition
(Administrator's Guide)
- modifying existing
(SQL Reference)
- multiline text
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- names in destination table when copying
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- nested tables
(Concepts)
- objects
- loading nested column objects (Utilities)
- stream record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- order of
(Concepts)
- parent-child relationships between
(SQL Reference)
- printing line after values that overflow
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privileges
(Security Guide)
- prohibiting nulls in
(Concepts)
- properties, altering
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- pseudocolumns
- ROWID (Concepts)
- USER (Security Guide)
- qualifying in queries
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- qualifying names in queries
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- qualifying names of
(SQL Reference)
- REF
- describing (SQL Reference)
- renaming
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- reordering before Import
(Utilities)
- resetting a column to default display
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting all columns to default display
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restricting values for
(SQL Reference)
- revoking privileges on
(Security Guide)
- setting printing to off or on
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting to a constant value with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- setting to a unique sequence number with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- setting to an expression value with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- setting to null with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- setting to the current date with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- setting to the datafile record number with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- specifying
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as PIECED
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as primary key
(SQL Reference)
- specifying constraints on
(SQL Reference)
- specifying default values
(SQL Reference)
- starting new lines
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storage properties
(SQL Reference)
- storing values in variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitutable, identifying type
(SQL Reference)
- suppressing display attributes
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to index
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- truncating display for all when value overflows
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- truncating display for one when value overflows
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- wrapping display for all when value overflows
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping display for one when value overflows
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping whole words for one
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
columns (continued)
- listing in an UPDATE trigger
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- multiple foreign key constraints
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- number of CHECK constraints limit
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- specifying length in bytes or characters
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
COLUMNS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
columns types
- supported for CTXCAT index
(Text Reference)
- supported for CTXRULE index
(Text Reference)
- supported for CTXXPATH index
(Text Reference)
- supported for indexing
(Text Reference)
-
COLUMN_NAME (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA)
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
COLUMN_NAME column (in USER_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view)
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
COLUMN_VALUE keyword
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
COLUMN_VALUE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COLUMN_VALUE_LONG procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COLVAL function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COLWIDTH function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COM automation
- invoking
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL errors
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
COM objects
- program ID
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- properties and methods
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- required information
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- viewing
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
com81.dll
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
comma, number format
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
command attribute
(Text Reference)
-
command files
- aborting and exiting with a return code
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with a system editor
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with SAVE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in @ ("at" sign) command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in EDIT command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in GET command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in START command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including comments in
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one PL/SQL block
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one SQL command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- nesting
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- opening
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Recovery Manager
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- registering
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running a series in sequence
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running as you start SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running in batch mode
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- uniform resource locator
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COMMAND function and procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
command interface
- RMAN
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
command keys, SQL*Plus Windows GUI
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
command line
- arguments for RMAN
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
command line arguments
(Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
-
command line options
- for Database Upgrade Assistant
(Upgrade Guide)
-
command line, precompiling from
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
command prompt
- SET SQLPROMPT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
command prompts
- suppressing from DGMGRL command-line interface output
(Data Guard Broker)
-
command sequence
- accessing previously executed commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
- executing previously executed commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
command termination
- in SQL Command Processor
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
command-line
- configuring globalization support
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
command-line interface
- broker
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- changing face and size
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Euro sign
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- oraxml
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- special character
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Windows Character Map utility
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
command-line option value lists
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
command-line options
- about
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters in
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- specifying an option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- whitespace used in
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
command-line options--see options
-
command-line syntax
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
commands
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- -f
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER DATABASE ARCHIVELOG
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- ARCHIVE LOG LIST
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- collecting timing statistics on
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying text
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- disabled in schema
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- echo on screen
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- finding text
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- host, running from SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NET START
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- parameters
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- pasting text
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- preparing
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- re-enabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REGEDT32
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- restartproc
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- spaces
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering without executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- following syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting character used to end and run (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering during SQL command entry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- startproc
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- stopping while running
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stopproc
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- tabs
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- types of
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- variables that affect running
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
commands, Recovery Manager
- @
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- @@
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL FOR MAINTENANCE
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- archivelogRecordSpecifier clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- BACKUP
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- PROXY ONLY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- PROXY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SKIP OFFLINE option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- BACKUP CURRENT CONTROLFILE
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- batch execution
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- BLOCKRECOVER
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- CATALOG
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CHANGE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- completedTimeSpec clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- CONFIGURE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CONNECT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- connectStringSpec clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- CREATE CATALOG
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- CREATE SCRIPT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- CROSSCHECK
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DELETE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DELETE SCRIPT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- deprecated
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- DROP CATALOG
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DROP DATABASE
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- DUPLICATE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- EXECUTE SCRIPT
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- EXIT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- fileNameConversionSpec clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- FLASHBACK
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- HOST
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- how RMAN interprets
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- interactive
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- LIST
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- listObjList clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- piping
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- PRINT SCRIPT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- QUIT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- recordSpec
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- RECOVER
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- REGISTER
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- RELEASE CHANNEL
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- REPLACE SCRIPT
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- REPORT
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- NEED BACKUP option (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- RESET DATABASE
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RESTORE
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- RESYNC CATALOG
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- FROM CONTROLFILECOPY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RUN
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- SEND
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- SET
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- MAXCORRUPT option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SHOW
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SHUTDOWN
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- SPOOL
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- SQL
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- standalone
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- STARTUP
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- summary
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SWITCH
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- terminating
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- UNREGISTER DATABASE
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- untilClause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- UPGRADE CATALOG
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- VALIDATE
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
commands, SQL
- ALTER DATABASE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
commands, SQL*Plus
- RECOVER
- UNTIL TIME option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SET
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
COMMAND_REPLIES function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMAS option
(OLAP DML Reference)
- in numeric output
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COMMA_TO_TABLE procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMENT
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
COMMENT ANY TABLE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
COMMENT clause
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of COMMIT
(SQL Reference)
- of COMMIT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COMMENT function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMENT procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMENT statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
Comments
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions in PL/SQL block
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
comments
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- adding to objects
(SQL Reference)
- ANSI
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI SQL-style
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI-style
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- associating with a transaction
(SQL Reference)
- C-style
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- comments field
- updating in views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus
(Upgrade Guide)
- dropping from objects
(SQL Reference)
- embedded SQL statements
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in embedded SQL
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in Export and Import parameter files
(Utilities)
- in SQL statements
(SQL Reference)
- in SQL*Loader control file
(Utilities)
- including in command files
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including in scripts
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- not allowed in a configuration file
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- on indextypes
(SQL Reference)
- on operators
(SQL Reference)
- on schema objects
(SQL Reference)
- on table columns
(SQL Reference)
- on tables
(SQL Reference)
- PL/I-style
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- removing from the data dictionary
(SQL Reference)
- restrictions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying
(SQL Reference)
- specifying in server parameter file
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- SQL-style
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- updating
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- using -- to create
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using /*...*/ to create
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK to create
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- viewing
(SQL Reference)
- which allowed
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with external tables
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
-
Comments attribute
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
comments in dynamic PL/SQL blocks
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
comments in programs
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_MVIEW_REPSITES procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_PRIORITY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_REPOBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_REPSITES procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_SITE_PRIORITY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMENT_ON_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COMMIT
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
commit
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatic
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- explicit versus implicit
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in object applications
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- one-phase for global transactions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- two-phase for global transactions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
commit a distributed transaction branch
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
commit changes to database
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
COMMIT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER OSERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COMMIT command
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus
(Upgrade Guide)
-
COMMIT comment
- deprecation of
(Concepts)
-
COMMIT COMMENT statement
- used with distributed transactions
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
COMMIT IN PROCEDURE clause
- of ALTER SESSION
(SQL Reference)
-
COMMIT parameter
- Import utility
(Utilities)
-
commit phase
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- in two-phase commit
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
commit point site
(Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining
(Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- how the database determines
(Administrator's Guide)
-
commit point strength
- definition
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying
(Administrator's Guide)
-
COMMIT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
commit response
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
COMMIT SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COMMIT statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL Reference)
- effect of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ending a transaction
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fast commit
(Concepts)
- FORCE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing
(Administrator's Guide)
- implied by DDL
(Concepts)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option in
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- two-phase commit
(Concepts)
- two-phase commit and
(Administrator's Guide)
- using in a PL/SQL block
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- where to place
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER clause
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER TO PRIMARY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #8] (SQL Reference)
- in Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
commit transaction
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
CommitDDL procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CommitResolve procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
commits
- changes to XML data
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
committed data
- instance failure
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
committing
- transactions
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
committing a transaction
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
committing transactions
- commit point site for distributed transactions
(Administrator's Guide)
- defined
(Concepts)
- fast commit
(Concepts)
- group commits
(Concepts)
- implementation
(Concepts)
-
COMMIT_COMMENT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMIT_FORCE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$
- control column
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
COMMIT_TOPO_MAP procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
COMMIT_WORK procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
Common Criteria
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
Common Gateway Interface (CGI), definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
common joins
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
Common Object Request Broker API, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Common Oracle Runtime Environment, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
common platform for examples
(Security Guide)
-
communicating over a network
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
communication
- between databases in a Data Guard configuration
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
communication between tiers
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
communication protocols
- verifying settings for
(Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance Guide)
-
COMMUNITY networking parameter
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
comp5
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
COMPACCESS privilege
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
COMPARE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Compare Objects page
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
COMPARE_TEMPLATES function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
comparing
- all or part of two LOBs
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- all or parts of two BFILEs
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- tables
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
comparing text data
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
comparison conditions
(SQL Reference)
-
comparison functions
- MAP
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- ORDER
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
comparison methods
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
comparison operators
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- blank-padded and non-padded data
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dates
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
comparison semantics
- blank-padded
(SQL Reference)
- nonpadded
(SQL Reference)
- of character strings
(SQL Reference)
-
comparisons
- collections
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- methods
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of character values
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of collections
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of expressions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_FIRST
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_LAST
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING_NULLS_LAST
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_REMOVE
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPARISON_RULE_SELECT
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
compartments
- definition
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting authorizations
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CompatEnvVars
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
compatibility
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Upgrade Guide)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes Reference)
- [entry #5] (interMedia Reference)
- Advanced Queuing
(Upgrade Guide)
- ANALYZE VALIDATE STRUCTURE statement
(Upgrade Guide)
- applications
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- index-organized tables (Upgrade Guide)
- physical ROWIDs and UROWIDs (Upgrade Guide)
- archived redo logs
(Upgrade Guide)
- automatic segment-space managed tablespaces
(Upgrade Guide)
- backup
(Upgrade Guide)
- backward, for JPublisher
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- checking for incompatibilities
(Upgrade Guide)
- client operating system and application character sets
(Globalization Support Guide)
- compatibility level
(Upgrade Guide)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter
(Upgrade Guide)
- data dictionary
(Upgrade Guide)
- datafiles
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- datatypes
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- dictionary managed tablespaces
(Upgrade Guide)
- downgrading
(Upgrade Guide)
- forward and backward
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Heterogeneous Services agents
(Upgrade Guide)
- initialization parameters
(Upgrade Guide)
- LOB index clause
(Upgrade Guide)
- LOBs
(Upgrade Guide)
- CLOBS and NCLOBs (Upgrade Guide)
- LogMiner
(Upgrade Guide)
- materialized views
(Upgrade Guide)
- nested tables
(Upgrade Guide)
- Net8
(Upgrade Guide)
- NLS and NCHAR environment variables
(Upgrade Guide)
- object types
(Upgrade Guide)
- OCI
(Upgrade Guide)
- optimization
(Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle Managed Files
(Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle OLAP
(Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle8i compatibility mode
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle9i compatibility mode
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(Upgrade Guide)
- integrated SQL analysis (Upgrade Guide)
- PLSQL_V2_COMPATIBILITY initialization parameter (Upgrade Guide)
- precompilers
(Upgrade Guide)
- recovery
(Upgrade Guide)
- recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- Recovery Manager
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- replication
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- rowids
(Upgrade Guide)
- schema objects
(Upgrade Guide)
- scripts
- UTLCHN1.SQL (Upgrade Guide)
- UTLEXPT1.SQL (Upgrade Guide)
- standby database
(Upgrade Guide)
- STARTUP
(Upgrade Guide)
- tablespaces
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- user-defined datatypes
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- varrays
- stored as LOBs (Upgrade Guide)
-
COMPATIBILITY variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
compatibilityInit( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
-
COMPATIBLE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Upgrade Guide)
- checking
(Upgrade Guide)
- database structures
(Upgrade Guide)
- effect on directory location for archived redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements for setting
(Data Guard Broker)
- setting
(Upgrade Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
- when to set
(Upgrade Guide)
-
compatible option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
COMPATIBLE parameter
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
COMPATIBLE_10_1 function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
COMPATIBLE_9_2 function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
compilable objects
(OLAP DML Reference)
- creating a cross-reference list for
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
compilation
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and execution of RMAN commands
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
compilation errors
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
compilation of object types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
COMPILE clause
- of ALTER DIMENSION
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER FUNCTION
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER JAVA SOURCE
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Reference)
-
COMPILE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- example of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- in models
(OLAP DML Reference)
- introduction to
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
compile option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
COMPILE parameter
- Import utility
(Utilities)
-
compile-time errors
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
compiled PL/SQL
- advantages of
(Concepts)
- procedures
(Concepts)
- pseudocode
(Concepts)
- shared pool
(Concepts)
- triggers
(Concepts)
-
COMPILEMESSAGE option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
compiler
- compile-time warnings
(New Features Guide)
- PL/SQL compiler
- optimizing (New Features Guide)
-
compiler switches
- dropping and preserving
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
compiler, lexical
(Text Reference)
-
compiler, specifying version
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
compiler-executable option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
COMPILESCHEMA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMPILEWARN option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COMPILE_FROM_REMOTE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMPILE_SCHEMA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
compiling
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #8] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- aggmaps
(OLAP DML Reference)
- error messages
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- OCI applications
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI with Oracle XA
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- options
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XA Library
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- runtime
(Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying include file locations
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- suppressing error messages
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
compiling and linking
- about
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
compiling PL/SQL procedures for native execution
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
compiling PL/SQL procedures to native code
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
complementary technologies
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
COMPLETE clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
complete failover
(Data Guard Broker)
-
complete recovery
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- definition
(Concepts)
- procedures
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
complete refresh
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
completedTimeSpec clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
CompleteMultiFeature
- ABN model state
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
CompleteSingleFeature
- ABN model state
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
completion messages
- Export
(Utilities)
- Import
(Utilities)
-
complex environments
- administration difficulties
(Security Guide)
-
complex examples
- queries
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
complex materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTFREE
(Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTUSED
(Advanced Replication)
-
complex object retrieval
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth level
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- navigational prefetching
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetch limit
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- root object
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
complex object retrieval (COR) descriptor
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
complex object retrieval (COR) handle
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
complex objects
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetching
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- retrieving
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
complex queries
- snowflake schemas
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
complexType
- cycling
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- cycling between
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- elements
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- handling inheritance
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in XML schema, explained
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping any and any attributes
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping to SQL
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- restrictions
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
compMem element
(Text Reference)
-
Component Object Model (COM)
- marking components as transactional
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- ODBC
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on Windows 2000
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Objects for OLE
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- programming with Oracle Call Interface and Microsoft Transaction Server
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- registering in a Microsoft Transaction Server environment
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in a Microsoft Transaction Server
- coordinated transaction (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in an MS DTC-coordinated transaction
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with Microsoft Oracle ODBC Driver
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with the Oracle ODBC Driver and Microsoft Transaction Server
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
components
- [entry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- about translating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- broker
(Data Guard Broker)
- controlling access to
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- Data Guard configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- displaying on all pages
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- hardware
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- software
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- translating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- translating messages
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
components. See label components
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
COMPOSE function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
composed characters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
composite
- columns
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- compression
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning methods
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
composite attribute
- BASIC_LEXER
(Text Reference)
- KOREAN_MORP_LEXER
(Text Reference)
-
composite dimensions
- enhanced indexing
(New Features Guide)
-
composite foreign keys
(SQL Reference)
-
composite indexes
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
composite keys
- foreign
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- restricting nulls in
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
composite partitioning
- default partition
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples of
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- range-hash
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- range-list
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- subpartition template, modifying
(Administrator's Guide)
- when creating a table
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
composite primary keys
(SQL Reference)
-
composite specifications
(OLAP Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP Reference)
- DBMS_AWM methods on
(OLAP Reference)
-
composite textkey
- encoding
(Text Reference)
-
composite types
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
composite values
- deleting values of
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
composite word dictionary
(Text Reference)
-
composite word index
- creating for German or Dutch text
(Text Reference)
-
composite words
- indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing
(Text Reference)
-
composites
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- as output host variables
- base dimension values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to conjoint dimensions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- database standard form
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- defining
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- index algorithm
(OLAP DML Reference)
- limiting dimensions used by
(OLAP DML Reference)
- looping over
(OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- reporting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- rolling up data
(OLAP DML Reference)
- showing a value
(OLAP DML Reference)
- statements for managing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- testing for a value
(OLAP DML Reference)
- unnamed
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using commands with
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COMPOSITE_LIMIT parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
-
composities
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
compositing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
compound conditions
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
compound element
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
compound expressions
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
compound line string
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
compound polygon
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CompoundCursor objects
- getting children of, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a crosstab view, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a table view, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- positions of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
COMPRESS clause
- nested tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of ALTER INDEX ... REBUILD
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Reference)
-
COMPRESS parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
-
compressed tables
(2 Day DBA)
-
compressing
- workspaces
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
compression
- NUMBER_OF_COMPRESS_BATCHES system parameter
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- of index keys
(SQL Reference)
-
compression (Workspace Manager)
- SetCompressWorkspace procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- WM_COMPRESSIBLE_TABLES view
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- WM_COMPRESS_BATCH_SIZES view
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
compression formats
- audio
(interMedia Reference)
- image
(interMedia Reference)
- video
(interMedia Reference)
-
compression of XML
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
compression, index key
(Concepts)
-
compressionFormat operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- lossless compression scheme
(interMedia Reference)
- lossy format
(interMedia Reference)
-
compressionQuality operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- lossless compression format
(interMedia Reference)
- lossy compression format
(interMedia Reference)
-
CompressWorkspace procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CompressWorkspaceTree procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
COMPUTE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing a summary on different columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing all definitions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maximum LABEL length
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OF clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON column clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON expr clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON REPORT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing "grand" and "sub" summaries
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple summaries on same column
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines at ends of reports
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines on a break
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in OF
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in ON
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing definitions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
compute lift
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
COMPUTE STATISTICS clause
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Reference)
- of ANALYZE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Reference)
-
computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed
- installation requirements
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
computer on which Oracle database is installed
- installation requirements
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
COMPUTES clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COMPUTE_CONFUSION_MATRIX procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMPUTE_LIFT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COMPUTE_ROC procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
computing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- internal rate of return
(OLAP DML Reference)
- net present value
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COMP_CHARSET precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
COMP_READ function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
COMP_WRITE function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
COMSPEC object
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
comwrap.sql
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
concat dimensions
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONCAT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
concat partitions
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONCAT variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONCATENATE parameter
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
concatenated groupings
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
concatenated indexes
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
concatenated ROLLUP
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CONCATENATE_GEOM_SEGMENTS function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
concatenating
- elements using XMLConcat
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- geometric segments
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- line or multiline geometries
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- LRS geometries
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
concatenation operator
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- treatment of nulls
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONCAT_LINES function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
conceptual modeling
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
concurrency
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #14] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #15] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #16] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #17] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #18] (Security Guide)
- listener (Security Guide)
- sample listener.ora (Security Guide)
- SSL (Security Guide)
- typical directory (Security Guide)
- data, definition
(Concepts)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- described
(Concepts)
- limits on
- for each user (Concepts)
- for each user (Security Guide)
- transactions and
(Concepts)
-
concurrency types in result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
concurrent connections
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
concurrent conventional path loads
(Utilities)
-
concurrent logons
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
concurrent users
- increasing the number of
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CONCUR_READ_ONLY result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CONCUR_UPDATABLE result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
condition types
- common
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
conditional
- processing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- rendering
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
conditional control
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
conditional expressions
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
conditional expressions, in WHERE clause
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
conditional operators
- defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
- example of
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
conditional precompilation
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- benefits of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- defining symbols
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
conditional predicates, trigger bodies
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
conditions
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- comparison
(SQL Reference)
- compound
(SQL Reference)
- displaying regions
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- EXISTS
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- floating-point
(SQL Reference)
- group comparison
(SQL Reference)
- IN
(SQL Reference)
- in SQL syntax
(SQL Reference)
- IS ANY
(SQL Reference)
- IS OF type
(SQL Reference)
- IS PRESENT
(SQL Reference)
- IS [NOT] EMPTY
(SQL Reference)
- LIKE
(SQL Reference)
- list of
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- logical
(SQL Reference)
- MEMBER
(SQL Reference)
- membership
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- null
(SQL Reference)
- range
(SQL Reference)
- rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET
(SQL Reference)
- simple comparison
(SQL Reference)
- SUBMULTISET
(SQL Reference)
- UNDER_PATH
(SQL Reference)
- using
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- using with buttons
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CondPattern
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
confidence
- of association rule
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
confidentiality
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
-
CONFIG
- command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CONFIG command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CONFIG OTT parameter
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONFIG precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
configurable properties
(Data Guard Broker)
- AlternateLocation
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyInstanceTimeout
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyNext
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyNoDelay
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyParallel
(Data Guard Broker)
- ArchiveLagTarget
(Data Guard Broker)
- AsyncBlocks
(Data Guard Broker)
- Binding
(Data Guard Broker)
- database
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- DbFileNameConvert
(Data Guard Broker)
- DelayMins
(Data Guard Broker)
- Dependency
(Data Guard Broker)
- HostName
(Data Guard Broker)
- InitialConnectIdentifier
(Data Guard Broker)
- LatestLog
(Data Guard Broker)
- LocalListenerAddress
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveFormat
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMaxProcesses
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMinSucceedDest
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveTrace
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogFileNameConvert
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogShipping
(Data Guard Broker)
- LogXptMode
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipErrorCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipTxnCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipErrorCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipTxnCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxEventsRecorded
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxServers
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxSga
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordAppliedDdl
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipDdl
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipErrors
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyTxnConsistency
(Data Guard Broker)
- managing log transport services
(Data Guard Broker)
- MaxFailure
(Data Guard Broker)
- NetTimeout
(Data Guard Broker)
- PreferredApplyInstance
(Data Guard Broker)
- RealTimeApply
(Data Guard Broker)
- ReopenSecs
(Data Guard Broker)
- SidName
(Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyArchiveLocation
(Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyFileManagement
(Data Guard Broker)
- TopWaitEvents
(Data Guard Broker)
-
configuration
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- Automatic Storage Management
(New Features Guide)
- bandwidth
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Connection Manager
(New Features Guide)
- controlling
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- default recovery area
(New Features Guide)
- effects of removing metadata from
(Data Guard Broker)
- enabling
(Data Guard Broker)
- Java
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- JVM
(Java Developer's Guide)
- LDAP
(New Features Guide)
- of LogMiner utility
(Utilities)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager
(New Features Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters
(New Features Guide)
- performance
(Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- server
(New Features Guide)
-
configuration advice
- Database Group Maintenance page
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
configuration file
- system versus user
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
configuration file name
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
configuration files
- [entry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- access.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- and the Object Type Translator
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and the OTT utility
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- aqxml.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- cache.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- dads.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- dms.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- httpd.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- file structure (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- iaspt.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- location
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- mime.types
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- naming conventions
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ojsp.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- opmn.xml
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- oracle_apache.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- plsql.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- srm.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- ssl.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- syntax
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- system
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- user
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- xml.conf
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
configuration files for external procedures
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
Configuration Management
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
Configuration Management attribute
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide)
-
configuration of a database
- process structure
(Concepts)
-
configuration options
- creating with Data Guard broker
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of redo logs
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases
- location and directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements for password files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed application of archived redo log files on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- typical
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
configuration parameter
- iSQLPlusAllowUserMarkup
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQLPlusConnectIdList
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- log4j.rootLogger
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
configuration parameters
- defined
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- LOCAL
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- registry, defined
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- TNS_ADMIN
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- USE_SHARED_SOCKET
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
configuration problems
- reinitializing the OCR
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
configuration procedures
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
configuration requirements
- modifying for Oracle Fail Safe
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on client computer
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Oracle database is installed
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
configurations
- comparing
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Data Guard
(Concepts)
- database profiles
(Data Guard Broker)
- hardware and software
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
CONFIGURE command
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- BACKUP OPTIMIZATION option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CHANNEL option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CLEAR option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- DEFAULT DEVICE TYPE clause
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- DEVICE TYPE clause
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- EXCLUDE option
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RETENTION POLICY clause
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
CONFIGUREAUTOSYNC procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
configuring
- access control
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- API
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- backups on standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cascaded redo log destinations
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- client authentication
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- clients
- client load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods in profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- clients for DCE integration
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- clients to use DCE CDS naming
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection information
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- connection load balancing
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection requests in a profile
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- consistent backups
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- cookies for iSQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database servers
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DCE to use DCE Integration
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCOM
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- directory naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disaster recovery
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- easy connect naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Entrust-enabled Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- external naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedure connections
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Generic Connectivity
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services connections
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameters
- for alternate archive destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in anticipation of a failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in anticipation of a switchover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to create a standby database with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to set up log transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- instance role
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- javascript for iSQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Kerberos authentication service parameters
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener for Oracle COM Automation for PL/SQL
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- listener for physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listeners
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle JServer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- queue size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service information (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancers
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- local naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- localized management
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- media manager
- installing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- media managers for use with RMAN
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- multiple protocol addresses
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Named Pipes Protocol Adapter
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- naming methods
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service aliases
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- network domain, default
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- no data loss
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Advanced Security
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Net
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Net/DCE external roles
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb database connections
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle server with Kerberos
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Spatial
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- Oracle Text
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- parameter file
(Concepts)
- physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary and secondary instances
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- process structure
(Concepts)
- protocol addresses
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol server in Oracle XML DB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- quick reference
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS authentication
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- automatic channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- automatic channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backup optimization (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backup retention policies (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backup set size (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- clearing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- clearing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- default device types (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- device types (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- parallelism (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- shared server (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SHOW command (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- snapshot control file location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specific channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- tablespace exclusion for backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- redo logs
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reporting operations on a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reverse proxies
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- SDP protocol
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server logs
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- servers
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service registration
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- servlet, example
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- servlets in Oracle XML DB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session multiplexing
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared schemas
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SSL
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- standby databases at remote locations
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log groups
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- thin JDBC support
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Gateways
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- using Enterprise Manager
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Windows GUI
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
conflict management
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- beginning resolution
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- committing resolution
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- rolling back resolution
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- showing conflicts
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
conflict resolution
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- additive method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- append sequence method
(Advanced Replication)
- append site name method
(Advanced Replication)
- architecture
(Advanced Replication)
- auditing
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- average method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- avoiding conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- column groups
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- data integrity (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column lists
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column subsetting
- updatable materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- concepts
(Advanced Replication)
- configuring without quiesce
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict handlers
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- custom (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- interaction with apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prebuilt (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- convergence properties of methods
(Advanced Replication)
- data convergence
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data requirements
(Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- delete conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- detecting conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- DISCARD handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- discard method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic site ownership
(Advanced Replication)
- earliest timestamp method
(Advanced Replication)
- error queue
(Advanced Replication)
- example
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- in synchronous propagation
(Advanced Replication)
- information
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- latest timestamp method
(Advanced Replication)
- MAXIMUM handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- latest time (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- maximum method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- methods for delete conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- methods for uniqueness conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- methods for update conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- MINIMUM handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- minimum method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- nested tables
(Advanced Replication)
- OVERWRITE handler
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- overwrite method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- performance
(Advanced Replication)
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- prebuilt methods
(Advanced Replication)
- preparing for
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- primary site ownership
(Advanced Replication)
- priority groups method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- procedural replication and
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- resolution columns
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- site priority method
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- statistics
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- canceling (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- time-based
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- timestamp method
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering
(Advanced Replication)
- types of conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- uniqueness
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- uniqueness conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- update conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- user-defined methods
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- example (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for update conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- parameters (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing information
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
conflict views (xxx_CONF)
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
conflicts
- avoidance
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- delete (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- primary database ownership (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- update (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding
(Advanced Replication)
- delete (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic ownership (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- connection qualifiers
(Advanced Replication)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- delete
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- detecting
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- detection
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- identifying rows (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML conflicts
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- error queue
(Advanced Replication)
- foreign key
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- notification log table
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification methods
- user-defined (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification package
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ordering
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication
(Advanced Replication)
- token passing
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- types of
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- update
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- workflow
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
confusion matrix
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- figure
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
conjoint dimensions
- as output host variable
- base dimension values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to composites
(OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
conjoints
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONNECT
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- SQL*Plus command
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CONNECT /
(Security Guide)
-
CONNECT /AS SYSDBA
- connecting without a password
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- using
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
CONNECT BY clause
- of queries and subqueries
(SQL Reference)
- of SELECT
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT BY support
(New Features Guide)
-
CONNECT clause
- of SELECT and subqueries
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT command
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ ("at" sign)
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing password
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting an instance
(Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
connect descriptor
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- example
(2 Day DBA)
- using to identify the Management Repository database
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
connect descriptors
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
Connect dialog box
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
-
connect functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
connect identifier
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- field
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in CONNECT command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in DESCRIBE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
connect identifiers
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CONNECT INTERNAL
- desupported
(Administrator's Guide)
- replacement
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
connect port conflict
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONNECT role
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
- [entry #6] (Security Guide)
- [entry #7] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- user-defined types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
CONNECT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause in
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle with
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- enabling a semantic check
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- logging on to Oracle
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- placement
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause in
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to enable a semantic check
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when not required
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
connect string
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- Connection Manager
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- example
(2 Day DBA)
- for Analytic Workspace Manager
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
connect strings
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CONNECT SYS
- example of
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
-
CONNECT THROUGH clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT TO clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK
(SQL Reference)
-
connect-time failover
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- configuring
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.oa
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.ora
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- service registration
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
connected user database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages
(Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CONNECTED_GEOM_SEGMENTS function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
connecting
- across cells
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- LOCAL parameter
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- Oracle databases supported
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- privileges required for Data Guard broker configurations
(Data Guard Broker)
- to a database
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- to a database with a thin driver
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- to a specific database
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle database
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to verify roles (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- to an Oracle database using ADO
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle server in DCE
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- with username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- without username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- to instances
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- to the database
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- to the primary database
(Data Guard Broker)
- to the standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- with username and password
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
connecting to a database
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- AUTHORIZATION clause and
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- calling RPC stubs and
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
connecting to Oracle
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatic connections
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatically
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concurrently
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- via Oracle Net
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
connection
- closing
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from KPRB driver
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- management
(Security Overview)
- managing connection pooling
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- multitier
(Security Overview)
- opening
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- opening for JDBC Thin driver
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- security
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
connection attribute
- setting with ODBC
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
Connection Cache Manager
(New Features Guide)
-
Connection class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
connection contexts (SQLJ)
- definition
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- release() method
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- use of connection contexts and instances
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
Connection Definitions
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
connection dependency
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
connection descriptor
- parameters
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
connection descriptors
- production instances
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
-
connection factory
- queue/topic, LDAP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- topic, with JDBC URL
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- unregistering in LDAP through database
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- unregistering in LDAP through LDAP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
connection failover
- fast
(New Features Guide)
-
connection identifier
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- easy or abbreviated
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- full
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- net service name
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
connection information
- configuring
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
Connection Lifetime
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
connection load balancing
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring
- dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service registration
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
Connection Manager
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic configuration
(New Features Guide)
- installing
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- rules
(New Features Guide)
- starting
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using multiple managers
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing the connect string
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
connection manager
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
connection methods, JDBC 2.0 result sets
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
connection mode
- configuring
(2 Day DBA)
- nonblocking
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Connection objects
- example of closing
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of creating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of getting an existing one
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
connection persistence
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
connection pool
- createConnectionPool method
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- creating
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
connection pooling
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Security Guide)
- [entry #9] (Security Overview)
- [entry #10] (Security Overview)
- advantages relative to session multiplexing
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client side registry parameters
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- code example
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- configuring
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- demo program1
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- demo program2
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- differences between Oracle Call Interface, Microsoft Transaction Server, and Oracle Net connection pooling
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- emptying connection pools
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- integration with Microsoft Transaction Server
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- managing connections
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- obtaining service handles
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- releasing connections
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- responsibilities
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using OraMTSSvcGet() function
(Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with shared server
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
connection pooling example
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
connection privileges
- SYSDBA
(2 Day DBA)
- SYSOPER
(2 Day DBA)
-
connection properties
- database
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaultBatchValue
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaultRowPrefetch
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- includeSynonyms
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- internal_logon
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sysdba (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sysoper (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- password
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- put() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- remarksReporting
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- user
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
Connection property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
connection qualifiers
- database links and
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CONNECTION record type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
connection string attributes
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- rowsets
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
Connection Time Out field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
Connection Timeout
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ConnectionPool class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
connections
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- adjusting listener queue size to avoid errors
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- bequeath
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- closing
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- concurrent
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent, increasing number of
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect strings, entering
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated servers
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default versus non-default
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- default versus nondefault
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defined
(Concepts)
- directory naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- embedded SQL
(Concepts)
- Explicit connections
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external procedures
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- getting existing ones
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Heterogeneous Services
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- implicit
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- listener process and
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- load balancing in Net8
(Upgrade Guide)
- local naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- methods
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Network Information Service (NIS) external naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Network Information Service external naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb databases
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- read-only
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- restricting
(Concepts)
- sessions contrasted with
(Concepts)
- startup of components
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- steps for establishing
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- SYS-privileged
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- terminating remote
(Administrator's Guide)
- with administrator privileges
(Concepts)
-
CONNECTIONS (CON or CONN) attribute
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
connections as SYS and SYSTEM
(Security Guide)
-
ConnectionString
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
ConnectionString attributes
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Connection Lifetime
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Connection Timeout
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Decr Pool Size
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Incr Pool Size
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Max Pool Size
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Min Pool Size
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Pooling
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
CONNECTION_STATISTICS networking parameter
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
connectStringSpec clause
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
CONNECT_BY_ISCYCLE pseudocolumns
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT_BY_ISLEAF pseudocolumns
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT_BY_ROOT operator
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT_DATA networking parameter
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
CONNECT_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST
(SQL Reference)
-
CONNECT_TIMEOUT_listener_name networking parameter
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
CONSIDER command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONSIDER FRESH clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Reference)
-
consistency
- checking for valid geometry types
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- of object cache
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- read
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- read consistency, definition
(Concepts)
-
consistency, read-only transactions
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
consistent backups
- whole database
(Concepts)
-
consistent gets from cache statistic
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
consistent mode
- TKPROF
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CONSISTENT parameter
- consolidating
- extents (Utilities)
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- nested tables and (Utilities)
- partitioned table and (Utilities)
-
const
- declaring constants
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONSTANT parameter
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
constant values. See literals
-
constants
- DBMS_DATA_MINING
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in stored procedures
(Concepts)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
constants for SQL types
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
constants summary
- algorithm settings
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- mining functions
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
constraining data to a geometry type
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
constraining tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
constraint violations
(Advanced Replication)
-
CONSTRAINT(S) session parameter
(SQL Reference)
-
constraints
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- adding to a table
(SQL Reference)
- altering
(SQL Reference)
- alternatives to
(Concepts)
- applications can find violations
(Concepts)
- automatic integrity and SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- CHECK
(Concepts)
- check
(SQL Reference)
- checking
- at end of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at start of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at the end of each DML statement (SQL Reference)
- column REF
(SQL Reference)
- constructor methods
- and object types (SQL Reference)
- continuous purges
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- default values and
(Concepts)
- deferrable
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- enforcing (SQL Reference)
- defined
(Concepts)
- defining
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- for a table (SQL Reference)
- on a column (SQL Reference)
- direct path load
(Utilities)
- disabling
(SQL Reference)
- cascading (SQL Reference)
- disabling after table creation
(SQL Reference)
- disabling at table creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- disabling during table creation
(SQL Reference)
- disabling referential constraints
(Utilities)
- disabling temporarily
(Concepts)
- distributed system application development issues
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- dropping integrity constraints
(Administrator's Guide)
- effect on performance
(Concepts)
- enable novalidate state
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- after a parallel direct path load (Utilities)
- enabling after table creation
(SQL Reference)
- enabling during table creation
(SQL Reference)
- enabling example
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling when violations exist
(Administrator's Guide)
- enforced on a direct load
(Utilities)
- enforced with indexes
(Concepts)
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- UNIQUE (Concepts)
- exceptions
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- exceptions to integrity constraints
(Administrator's Guide)
- failed
- Import (Utilities)
- FOREIGN KEY
(Concepts)
- foreign key
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- handled on a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- integrity
- types listed (Concepts)
- integrity constraint states
(Administrator's Guide)
- integrity, definition
(Concepts)
- keeping index when disabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- keeping index when dropping
(Administrator's Guide)
- load method
(Utilities)
- mechanisms of enforcement
(Concepts)
- modifying
(Concepts)
- modifying existing
(SQL Reference)
- network
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- NOT NULL
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- object tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on Oracle objects
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on views
(Concepts)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- on XMLType columns
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- ORA-02055 constraint violation
(Administrator's Guide)
- parallel create table
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- preventing Import errors due to uniqueness constraints
(Utilities)
- PRIMARY KEY
(Concepts)
- primary key
(SQL Reference)
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- referential
- effect of updates (Concepts)
- self-referencing (Advanced Replication)
- self-referencing (Concepts)
- referential integrity
(SQL Reference)
- REFs
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- RELY
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- renaming
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- restrictions
(SQL Reference)
- SCOPE FOR constraint
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also integrity constraints
- setting at table creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting state for a transaction
(SQL Reference)
- states
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- storing rows in violation
(SQL Reference)
- table REF
(SQL Reference)
- triggers cannot violate
(Concepts)
- triggers contrasted with
(Concepts)
- unique
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- UNIQUE key
(Concepts)
- partially null (Concepts)
- view
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- what happens when violated
(Concepts)
- when evaluated
(Concepts)
- when to disable
(Administrator's Guide)
- with partitioning
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- with query rewrite
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CONSTRAINTS parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
-
Constraints property
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- configuring
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
constraints,
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
constructing
- LCRs
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
constructor
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
constructor method
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
constructor methods
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- literal invocation of
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
constructors
- attribute-value
(Utilities)
- overriding (Utilities)
- collection
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTENT parameter
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- defining
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining for an object type
(SQL Reference)
- methods
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- loading column objects with (Utilities)
-
Consumer class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
consumers
- OLE DB
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
container directives
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
containing face
- getting for point
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CONTAINS
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- operators
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONTAINS operator
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONTAINS condition
(SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CONTAINS operator
- example
(Text Reference)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
CONTAINS query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
content column
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
-
content format
- direct color (DRCT) images
(interMedia Reference)
- lookup table (LUT) images
(interMedia Reference)
-
content management
(New Features Guide)
-
Content, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
content-based retrieval
- benefits
(interMedia User's Guide)
- overview
(interMedia User's Guide)
-
contentFormat operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- direct RGB
(interMedia Reference)
- GRAY
(interMedia Reference)
- LUT
(interMedia Reference)
- MONOCHROME
(interMedia Reference)
-
contention
- block-level
(Reference)
- control files
(Concepts)
- backups (Concepts)
- changes recorded (Concepts)
- checkpoints and (Concepts)
- contents (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- how specified (Concepts)
- multiplexed (Concepts)
- overview (Concepts)
- used in mounting database (Concepts)
- for data
- deadlocks (Concepts)
- lock escalation does not occur (Concepts)
- library cache latch
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- shared pool
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- wait events
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
contents, element
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
content_type column
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
-
context
- transaction
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- WITH CONTEXT clause
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
context (session)
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- GetSessionInfo function
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CONTEXT ALLOCATE SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT ALLOCATE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
context block
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONTEXT FREE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONTEXT grammar
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT index
- about
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- creating
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters
(Text Reference)
- HTML example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
context indextype
(Text Reference)
-
context namespaces
- accessible to instance
(SQL Reference)
- associating with package
(SQL Reference)
- initializing using OCI
(SQL Reference)
- initializing using the LDAP directory
(SQL Reference)
- removing from the database
(SQL Reference)
-
CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
context of current operation
- getting
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
context option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
context switches
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
context switches, reducing with bulk binds
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CONTEXT USE directive
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT USE SQL directive
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTEXT USE SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
context, creating one in XSU PL/SQL API
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
context-sensitive characters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
context-sensitive policy type
(Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
-
contexts
- creating namespaces for
(SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges for
(SQL Reference)
-
contexts, stored procedure run-time
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
continually refreshed workspaces
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- changing workspace type
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- creating
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
continuation attribute
(Text Reference)
-
continuation lines
- syntax
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTINUE action
- in the WHENEVER statement
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- result of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONTINUE clause
- WHENEVER OSERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONTINUE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
CONTINUE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONTINUE_CLIENT parameter
- CONTINUEIF parameter
- example (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Export utility
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
-
continuing a long SQL*Plus command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
continuous data type
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
continuous pushes
- scheduling
(Advanced Replication)
-
contracting characters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
contracting letters
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
contrast operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
contrast table
- grayscale table
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
control characters, encoding
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
control columns
- used to indicate changed columns in a row
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
control file
- creating
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- editing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- managing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- multiplexing
(2 Day DBA)
- recovering loss
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- RMAN repository
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- running
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- viewing a history
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
control file autobackups
- after structural changes to database
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- configuring
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- default format
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- restoring
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
control file copies
- [entry #2] (High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
control file example
- SQL*Loader
(Text Reference)
-
control file records
- overwriting
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
control files
- adding
(Administrator's Guide)
- allowing reuse
(SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- altering
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- automatic backups
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backing up
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backing up to trace file
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backup and recovery
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backups
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- binary (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- including within database backup (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- recovery using (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- trace files (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- changing size
(Administrator's Guide)
- character sets
(Utilities)
- conflicts with data dictionary
(Administrator's Guide)
- copies
- backing up (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- copying
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- guidelines (Utilities)
- creating as Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating for standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data definition language syntax
(Utilities)
- default name
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- effect on physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- errors during creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- finding filenames
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- force logging mode
(SQL Reference)
- guidelines for
(Administrator's Guide)
- importance of multiplexed
(Administrator's Guide)
- initial creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- location of
(Administrator's Guide)
- log sequence numbers
(Administrator's Guide)
- loss of
- all copies (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- maximum size
(Platform Guide for Windows)
- MAXLOGHISTORY
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- mirroring
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying with ALTER DATABASE RENAME FILE statement
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- moving
(Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexed
(Administrator's Guide)
- loss of (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- names
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- number of
(Administrator's Guide)
- overview
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- overwriting existing
(Administrator's Guide)
- overwriting records
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- planning growth of
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- re-creating
(SQL Reference)
- relocating
(Administrator's Guide)
- renaming
(Administrator's Guide)
- renaming or removing for migration
(Upgrade Guide)
- requirement of one
(Administrator's Guide)
- restoring
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- to default location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- to nondefault location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using SET DBID (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- size of
(Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot
- specifying location of (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specifying
(Reference)
- specifying data
(Utilities)
- specifying names before database creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying SQL*Loader discard file
(Utilities)
- switchover and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- time-based recovery
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- troubleshooting
(Administrator's Guide)
- types of records
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- unavailable during startup
(Administrator's Guide)
- using instead of a recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
control files information, database configuration
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
Control Files Repository
- accessing
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- creating a control file
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- editing a control file
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- running a control file
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- using
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- viewing a history
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CONTROL parameter
- SQL*Loader command line
(Utilities)
-
control statements
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
control structures
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- iterative
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sequential
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
control utilities
- Listener Control utility
(Net Services Reference Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager Control utility
(Net Services Reference Guide)
-
controlfile clauses
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Reference)
-
CONTROLFILE REUSE clause
- of CREATE DATABASE
(SQL Reference)
-
controlfiles
- standby, creating
(SQL Reference)
-
controlled development
(Security Guide)
-
controlled sparsity
- defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
controlling
- available SGA memory
(Data Guard Broker)
- transaction consistency level
(Data Guard Broker)
-
controlling access
- domain name
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- environment variables
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- IP address
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- netmask
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- network
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
controlling query reexecution
(Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
controls columns
- COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- CSCN$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- OPERATION$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- ROW_ID$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- RSID$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- SOURCE_COLMAP$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYS_NC_OID$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- TARGET_COLMAP$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- TIMESTAMP$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- USERNAME$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSEQ$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSLT$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDUSN$
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- overwriting existing control files
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
- specifying file names
(Administrator's Guide)
- warning about setting
(Administrator's Guide)
- when creating a database
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME initialization parameter
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- preventing overwrite of RMAN records
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CONVBUFSZ clause
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CONVBUFSZ clause in VAR statement
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
conventional path Export
- compared to direct path
(Utilities)
-
conventional path load
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
conventional path loads
- behavior when discontinued
(Utilities)
- compared to direct path loads
(Utilities)
- concurrent
(Utilities)
- of a single partition
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader bind array
(Utilities)
- when to use
(Utilities)
-
Conventions
- description of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Notation
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
conventions
- for text in a module file
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- used in this guide
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
conventions, notation
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
conversion
- between character set ID number and character set name
(Globalization Support Guide)
- explicit functions for PL/SQL
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- functions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- rules, string to date
(SQL Reference)
-
conversion functions, PL/SQL
- introduction, predefined conversion functions
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- use for PL/SQL types
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- use with wrapper functions
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
conversion of character sets
- during Export/Import
(Utilities)
- effect of character set sorting on
(Utilities)
-
conversion of data
- during direct path loads
(Utilities)
-
conversion of input characters
(Utilities)
-
conversion, datatype
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
conversion, implicit from CLOB to character type
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
conversions
- character set
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- from binary data to character set
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- implicit, between CLOB and VARCHAR2
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CONVERSION_FACTOR column
- in SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Reference)
-
CONVERT function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Reference)
-
CONVERT SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
- character sets
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
convert time zones
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
convertible data
- data dictionary
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
converting
- alphabetic characters
(OLAP DML Reference)
- convex hull
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- data between time dimensions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- decimal numbers to integers
(OLAP DML Reference)
- geometric segments
- overview (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- subprograms for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- to CLOB
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- values from one data type to another
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
converting character data
- CONVERT SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
converting character data between character sets
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
converting data
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ANSI datatypes
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- assignments
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- expression evaluation
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- program interface
(Concepts)
- SQL/DS and DB2 datatypes
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- year and century considerations
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CONVERTTOBLOB procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERTTOCLOB procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_DDL function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_ROW function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_LONG_TO_LOB_CHUNK member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERT_RAW_VALUE procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_NVARCHAR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_ROWID procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_LRS_DIM_ARRAY function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_LRS_GEOM function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_LRS_LAYER function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_STD_DIM_ARRAY function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_STD_GEOM function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_TO_STD_LAYER function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CONVERT_UNIT function
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
cookie restrictions
(HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
-
cookies
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
cookies, configuring for iSQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
coordinate systems
- conceptual and usage information
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- example
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- subprogram reference information
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- unit of measurement support
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
coordinated time-based recovery
- distributed databases
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
Coordinated Universal Time
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
coordinates
- Cartesian
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geodetic
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geographic
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- projected
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
COORDINATOR process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LSP background process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
copies
- crosschecking
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
COPIES function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COPIES option
- of BACKUP
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ ("at" sign)
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ARRAYSIZE variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPYCOMMIT variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and LONG variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPEND clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between databases
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on one database
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- destination table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining actions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining source rows and columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- error messages
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FROM clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSERT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting data in a table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interpreting messages
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mandatory connect identifier
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming the source table with SELECT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- query
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referring to another user's table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- replacing data in a table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying columns for destination
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying the data to copy
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TO clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USING clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
copy procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
copy semantics
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- internal LOBs
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
Copy Template Wizard
(Advanced Replication)
-
copy( ) method
(interMedia Reference)
-
copy(OrdImage)
(interMedia Java Classes Reference)
-
COPYCOMMIT variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- relationship to COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COPYDFN command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COPYEVOLVE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CopyForUpdate procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
copying
- a new tablespace to a remote standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- all or part of a LOB to another LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- control files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOB locator
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- LOB locator for BFILE
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- tablespace to a remote standby location
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
copying data
- from Oracle database server to SQL Server
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL Server to Oracle database server
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- INSERT statement
(Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
copying definitions
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
copying text
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COPYTYPECHECK variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
COPY_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
-
COPY_FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COPY_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
COPY_POLICY procedure
(Text Reference)
-
COPY_TABLE_DEPENDENTS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
COPY_TEMPLATE function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
COR
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
CORBA, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
core functionality
- Oracle COM Automation
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
CORE, definition
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CoreDumpDirectory
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
CORE_DUMP_DEST initialization parameter
(Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CORR function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
correlated subqueries
(SQL Reference)
-
correlated subquery
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CORRELATION function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
correlation functions
- Kendall's tau-b
(SQL Reference)
- Pearson's
(SQL Reference)
- Spearman's rho
(SQL Reference)
-
correlation identifier
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
correlation names
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- for base tables of indexes
(SQL Reference)
- in DELETE
(SQL Reference)
- in SELECT
(SQL Reference)
- inline views
(Concepts)
- NEW
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- OLD
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- REFERENCING option and
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- when preceded by a colon
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
corrupt backups
(New Features Guide)
-
corrupt datafile blocks
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- detecting
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- maximum acceptable number
(Recovery Manager Reference)
- records in control file
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- recovering
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RMAN and
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- setting maximum for backup
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
corruption
- BACKUP VALIDATE RMAN command
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- recovery
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- repairing data block
(Administrator's Guide)
-
corruption detection
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using SET MAXCORRUPT command
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
corruption of package
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
CORR_K function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CORR_S function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
COS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
COSH function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
cosine calculation
(OLAP DML Reference)
- hyperbolic
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
cost
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- of program lines
(OLAP DML Reference)
- of programs
(OLAP DML Reference)
- optimizer calculation
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- performance
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
COST column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
cost matrix
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- table
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
cost of ownership
(Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
cost-based optimization
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- favoring IN-list iterators
(Reference)
- hints
(Administrator's Guide)
- using for distributed queries
(Administrator's Guide)
-
cost-based optimizations
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- procedures for plan stability
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- upgrading to
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
cost-based rewrite
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
costs
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- of incorrect decision
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
couch, self-tipping
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
COUNT attribute of collection types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
COUNT collection method
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
COUNT function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
count method, example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
counting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- lines in a text expression
(OLAP DML Reference)
- number of true values
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
counting hits
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
COUNTVAR property
-
COUNT_HITS procedure
(Text Reference)
-
COURSES.SQL script
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
COVAR_POP function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
COVAR_SAMP function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
COVEREDBY
- SDO_COVEREDBY operator
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- topological relationship
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
COVERS
- SDO_COVERS operator
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- topological relationship
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CPP_SUFFIX
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CPP_SUFFIX precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CPP_SUFFIX precompiler options
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
CPU
- utilization
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CPU requirements for spatial applications
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
cpu statistics
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CPU time limit
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
CPUs
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- recommended number
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- statistics
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- utilization
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CPU_COSTING hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CPU_COUNT initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CPU_PER_CALL parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
-
CPU_PER_SESSION parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST
(SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Reference)
-
crash recovery
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- after instance failure
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- instance failure
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- overview
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- read-only tablespaces
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
crawler
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- classpath
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- crawler agents
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- crawling process
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- data sources
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- overview
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- parameters
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search User's Guide)
- read-only schedule configuration
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search User's Guide)
- remote crawler
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- settings
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search User's Guide)
- statistics
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- URL status codes
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
crawler agent
- API
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- functionality
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- sample agent files
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- setting up
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- smart agent
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
- standard agent
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
crawler agent API
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
crawler agents
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
crawling depth
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
CREATE
- AS SYSDBA
(Security Guide)
-
Create
- Java API
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
Create Administrator Page
- when SSO support is enabled
(Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
Create Alias dialog box
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE ANY CLUSTER system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY CONTEXT system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY DIMENSION system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY DIRECTORY system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY JOB system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY LIBRARY system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY OPERATOR system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY OUTLINE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY PROCEDURE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY SEQUENCE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY SQL PROFILE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY SYNONYM system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY TABLE
(Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
CREATE ANY TABLE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY TRIGGER system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY TYPE privilege
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
CREATE ANY TYPE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ANY VIEW system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
Create Application icon
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Create Application Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE BIGFILE TABLESPACE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE BIGFILE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Create Button Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE CATALOG command
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
CREATE clause
- in COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATE CLUSTER
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- creating clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- for hash clusters
(Administrator's Guide)
- HASH IS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- HASHKEYS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters
(Concepts)
-
CREATE CLUSTER system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE command
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering PL/SQL
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATE CONFIGURATION command
(Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
CREATE CONTEXT
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE CONTEXT statement
(SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
CREATE CONTROLFILE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE CONTROLFILE clause
- effect on physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE CONTROLFILE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- checking for inconsistencies
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- NORESETLOGS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle-managed files, using
(Administrator's Guide)
- RESETLOGS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE DATABASE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE DATABASE command
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
CREATE DATABASE LINK
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE DATABASE LINK statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE DATABASE LINK system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE DATABASE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- example of database creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- MAXLOGFILES parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- MAXLOGHISTORY clause
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYS
(Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYSTEM
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting time zone
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying FORCE LOGGING
(Administrator's Guide)
- SYSAUX DATAFILE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- used to create an undo tablespace
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE DATAFILE AS clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE DATAFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE DBLINK
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE DIMENSION
(SQL Quick Reference)
- system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE DIMENSION statement
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE DIRECTORY
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE DIRECTORY statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- for BFILEs
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATE DISKGROUP
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE DISKGROUP statement
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE FUNCTION
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE FUNCTION statement
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE INDEX
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CONTEXT
(Text Reference)
- CTXCAT
(Text Reference)
- CTXRULE
(Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH
(Text Reference)
- default parameters
(Text Reference)
- statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE INDEX command
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE INDEX statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- NOLOGGING
(Administrator's Guide)
- object types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ON CLUSTER clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL clause
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- partition attributes
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- rules of parallelism
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage parameters
(Concepts)
- temporary segments
(Concepts)
- using
(Administrator's Guide)
- with a constraint
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE INDEXTYPE
(SQL Quick Reference)
- statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE INDEXTYPE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE JAVA
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE JAVA statement
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE JOB system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE LIBRARY
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE LIBRARY command
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
CREATE LIBRARY statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE LIBRARY system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW statement
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- enabling query rewrite
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
Create Menu Template Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Create NavBar Entry Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Create New Component Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE OPERATOR
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE OPERATOR statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE OPERATOR system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE OUTLINE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE OUTLINE statement
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE BODY
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE BODY command
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE command
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE PACKAGE statement
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- locks
(Concepts)
-
Create Page Branch Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Create Page Computation Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
Create Page Process Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE PFILE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE PFILE statement
(SQL Reference)
-
Create Policy icon
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE PROCEDURE
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- developers
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE PROCEDURE command
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CREATE PROCEDURE statement
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- embedded
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- locks
(Concepts)
-
CREATE PROCEDURE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- failed login attempts
(Security Guide)
- how long account is locked
(Security Guide)
- password aging and expiration
(Security Guide)
- password management
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE PROFILE statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PROFILE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
Create Region Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE ROLE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE ROLE statement
(SQL Reference)
- IDENTIFIED BY option
(Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE ROLE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE SCHEMA
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE SCHEMA statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- multiple tables and views
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE SCRIPT command
(Recovery Manager Reference)
-
CREATE SEQUENCE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE SEQUENCE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CACHE option
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- NOCACHE option
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE SEQUENCE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE SESSION
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE SESSION privilege
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Export
(Utilities)
- Import
(Utilities)
-
CREATE SESSION statement
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE SESSION system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE SPFILE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE SPFILE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE statement
(Concepts)
-
CREATE statements
- triggers on
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE SYNONYM
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE SYNONYM statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- locks
(Concepts)
-
CREATE SYNONYM system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TABLE
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- developers
(Security Guide)
- XMLType storage
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE TABLE AS SELECT
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE TABLE permissions
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- AS SELECT
- apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- decision support systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- space fragmentation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- temporary storage space (Data Warehousing Guide)
- AS SELECT clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- AS SELECT vs. direct-path INSERT
(Administrator's Guide)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- CACHE clause
(Concepts)
- CLUSTER clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- COMPRESS clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLESPACE privilege
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TRIGGER statement
- CREATE TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- examples (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CREATE_APPLY procedure
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating partitioned tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating temporary table
(Administrator's Guide)
- defining integrity constraints
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- enable or disable constraints
(Concepts)
- examples
- column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- FREELIST GROUPS clause
(Reference)
- INCLUDING clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- INITRANS parameter in
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- locks
(Concepts)
- MONITORING clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- ORGANIZATION EXTERNAL clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- OVERFLOW clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- parallelism
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelizing
(Administrator's Guide)
- PCTTHRESHOLD clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters
(Concepts)
- TABLESPACE clause, specifying
(Administrator's Guide)
- to create BFILE columns
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to create BLOB, CLOB columns
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- triggers
(Concepts)
- use of
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE TABLE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TABLESPACE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE TABLESPACE statement
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- BLOCKSIZE CLAUSE, using
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause, using
(Administrator's Guide)
- SEGMENT MANAGEMENT clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- skipping
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE TABLESPACE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE statement
(Concepts)
-
CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TEMPFILE clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, example
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE TRIGGER
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE TRIGGER statement
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- compiled and stored
(Concepts)
- locks
(Concepts)
- REFERENCING option
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CREATE TRIGGER system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TYPE
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE TYPE BODY
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CREATE TYPE BODY statement
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TYPE command
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus
(Upgrade Guide)
-
CREATE TYPE statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- collection types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- example
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- incomplete types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nested tables
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object types
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- OID clause
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- varrays
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
CREATE TYPE system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE TYPE with OID statement
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE statement
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-Managed files, example
(Administrator's Guide)
- using to create an undo tablespace
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement
- using
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE USER
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- CREATE USER statement
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Security Guide)
- explicit account locking
(Security Guide)
- password
- expire (Security Guide)
-
CREATE USER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- temporary segments
(Concepts)
-
CREATE USER system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
Create Validations Wizard
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CREATE VIEW
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
CREATE VIEW statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- locks
(Concepts)
- OR REPLACE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- WITH CHECK OPTION
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE VIEW system privilege
(SQL Reference)
-
create() method
- for ORADataFactory interface
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATEATTRIBUTE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createBlank function
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
CREATECDATASECTION function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATECOMMENT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEDATASTOREPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createDescriptor() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
createDMLTrigger procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
CREATEDOCUMENT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEELEMENT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEENTITYREFERENCE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEFILTERPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEFOLDER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createFolder()
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CREATEINDEX procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATELEXERPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createListSource method
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CREATENONSCHEMABASEDXML function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CreateObject
- PL/SQL API
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
CREATEOIDPATH function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createParameterizedSource method
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CREATEPREFERENCES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createRangeSource method, example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CREATERESOURCE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CreateSavepoint procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CREATESCHEMABASEDXML function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATESECTIONGROUPPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createSQLCursorManager method
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
createStatement()
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
createStatement() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATESTOPLISTPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATESTORAGEPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createTemporary() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CREATETEXTNODE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEURI function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CreateWorkspace procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CREATEWORLDLISTPREF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATEXML function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
createXML() function
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE_ALTER_TYPE_ERROR_TABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CREATE_APPLY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure
(Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Expression Filter)
-
CREATE_BASELINE function and procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_BIN_CAT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_BIN_NUM procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_BITMAP_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter
(Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE_CALL function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_CAPTURE procedure
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture process
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CLIP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_COMPARTMENT procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_DB_STDFORM program
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE_EDGE_INDEX procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_EDIT_TABLES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE_FACE_INDEX procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_GROUP procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_INDEX_COST procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_INDEX_SET procedure
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CREATE_INSTANCE procedure
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
CREATE_LABEL procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_LEVEL procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_LINK_TABLE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_LOGICAL_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_LRS_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_LRS_TABLE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_MODEL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_NODE_TABLE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_NORM_LIN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_OBJECT_FROM_EXISTING function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_OUTLINE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_PATH_LINK_TABLE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_PATH_TABLE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_PENDING_AREA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_PHRASE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_PIPE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_PLAN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_PLAN_DIRECTIVE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- inverse groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_POLICY_GROUP procedure
(Security Guide)
-
CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_PREFERENCE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_PROPAGATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_RELATION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_RULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE_RULE_SET procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
CREATE_SCHEDULE procedure
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
CREATE_SDO_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_SECTION_GROUP procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_SERVICE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_SERVICE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Database Resource Manager
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_SNAPSHOT function and procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_SQLSET procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_STAT_TABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_STOPLIST procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES initialization parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CREATE_TABLE_COST procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_TEMPLATE_PARM function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_THESAURUS function
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_TOPOLOGY procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_TOPO_MAP procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_TOPO_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
CREATE_TRANSFORMATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_TRANSLATION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
CREATE_TUNING_TASK functions
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_USER_PARM_VALUE function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
CREATE_VIEW procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CREATE_WORKSPACE privilege
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
creating
- a broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
- with the Add Standby Database wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- a database
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- a standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- administration user
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- agent user
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- an instance of the data source object
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- back up files for the primary database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in Real Application Clusters configurations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log files and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using the log writer process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-schema index creation
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- currency
(Reference)
- international currency symbol (Reference)
- DAD
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- database link
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- geometric segments
- subprograms for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- indexes on logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle directories in CDS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- packages
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- point-to-point queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- principals and accounts
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- queue table
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- queue tables and queues, examples
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- rowsets
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- savepoints
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sequences
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter files
(Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administrator's Guide)
- standby redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tables
- manually, before import (Utilities)
- temporary files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for read-only physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- temporary tablespaces
- for read-only physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- test databases
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- traditional initialization parameter file
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- workspaces
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- XML schema-based tables, columns
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
creating a database
- steps
(2 Day DBA)
- using standalone DBCA
(2 Day DBA)
-
creating a database with Unicode datatypes
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
creating a node
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
creating a PLAN_TABLE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating a schedule
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
creating a schedule interval string
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
creating a Unicode database
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
creating an audit trail
(Security Guide)
-
creating an index report
(Text Reference)
-
creating an instance
(Ultra Search User's Guide)
-
creating context handles
- getCtx
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
creating database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- connected user
(Administrator's Guide)
- connected user scenarios
(Administrator's Guide)
- current user
(Administrator's Guide)
- current user scenario
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user
(Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user scenario
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- obtaining necessary privileges
(Administrator's Guide)
- private
(Administrator's Guide)
- public
(Administrator's Guide)
- service names within link names
(Administrator's Guide)
- shared
(Administrator's Guide)
- shared connected user scenario
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying types
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creating databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- backing up the new database
(Administrator's Guide)
- default temporary tablespace, specifying
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- manually from a script
(Administrator's Guide)
- overriding default tablespace type
(Administrator's Guide)
- planning
(Administrator's Guide)
- preparing to
(Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites for
(Administrator's Guide)
- problems encountered while
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting default tablespace type
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying bigfile tablespaces
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading to a new release
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Database Configuration Assistant
(Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- with locally managed tablespaces
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creating datafiles
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creating flat files
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating indexes
- after inserting table data
(Administrator's Guide)
- associated with integrity constraints
(Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING
(Administrator's Guide)
- USING INDEX clause
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creating PLUSTRACE role
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating publish/subscribe topic
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating sample tables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating sequences
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Creating Statistics Table (PowerCartUserStats)
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
creating synonyms
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creating temporary LOB
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
creating the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
creating VARRAYs
- containing references to LOBs
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
creating views
(Administrator's Guide)
-
creation of prioritized message queue table and queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
creation of queue table and queue of object type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
creation of queue table and queue of RAW type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
creationState() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code example
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
credential cache
(New Features Guide)
-
credentials
- secure storage
(Security Overview)
- setting preferred
(2 Day DBA)
-
crit
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
critical
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
CRL
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CRL management
(New Features Guide)
-
CRLAdmins directory administrative group
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
CRLs
- [entry #2] (New Features Guide)
- disabling on server
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
cross joins
(SQL Reference)
-
cross reference for workspace
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
cross-platform transportable tablespaces
(New Features Guide)
-
cross-validation
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
CROSSCHECK command
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
-
crosschecking
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backups and copies
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- on multiple channels
(Backup and Recovery Basics)
- recovery catalog with the media manager
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
crosstab bean
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
crosstab view
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating Cursor for, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CRS
- configuration recommendations
(High Availability Architecture and Best Practices)
- see Cluster Ready Services
-
cryptographic hardware devices
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
cryptography
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter
(Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
CSALTER script
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- checking phase
(Globalization Support Guide)
- running
(Globalization Support Guide)
- updating phase
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSCN$
- control column
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
CSID parameter
- setting OCILobRead and OCILobWrite to OCI_UCS2ID
(Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
CSM$COLUMNS table
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSM$ERRORS table
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSM$TABLES table
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMIG user
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
csminst.sql script
- running
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMV$COLUMNS view
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMV$ERROR view
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMV$INDEXES view
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSMV$TABLES view
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CSS and XSL
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CS_SRS table
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
CTXAPP role
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTXCAT grammar
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTXCAT index
- about
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- about performance
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- automatic synchronization
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters
(Text Reference)
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported preferences
(Text Reference)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
- unsupported preferences
(Text Reference)
-
ctxkbtc
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
ctxkbtc complier
(Text Reference)
-
ctxlc (lexical compiler)
(Text Reference)
-
ctxload
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- examples
(Text Reference)
- import file structure
(Text Reference)
- load thesaurus example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTXRULE index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- allowable queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and USER_LEXER
(Text Reference)
- creating
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters
(Text Reference)
- lexer types
(Text Reference)
- limitations
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- parameters
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
CTXSYS
(Security Guide)
-
CTXSYS user
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search User's Guide)
- and DBA permissions
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and effective user
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and procedure ownership
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE permissions
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- migrating procedures owned by
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- preferences
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- synching and optimizing others' indexes
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTXXPATH
- storage preferences
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
CTXXPATH index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
CTXXPATH indextype
- creating
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_ADM package
- RECOVER
(Text Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_ADM package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_CLASSES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_CLS
- CLUSTERING
(Text Reference)
- TRAIN
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_CLS package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_CLS.TRAIN procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_DDL package
- ADD_ATTR_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- ADD_FIELD_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA
(Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- ADD_SPECIAL_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPCLASS
(Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPTHEME
(Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPWORD
(Text Reference)
- ADD_STOP_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- ADD_SUB_LEXER
(Text Reference)
- ADD_ZONE_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- COPY_POLICY
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST
(Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY
(Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE
(Text Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST
(Text Reference)
- OPTIMIZE_INDEX procedure
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_MDATA
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SECTION
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPCLASS
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPTHEME
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPWORD
(Text Reference)
- REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA
(Text Reference)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE
(Text Reference)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure
(Text Reference)
- UNSET_ATTRIBUTE
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_DDL package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_DDL.SYNC_INDEX procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_DOC package
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- FILTER
(Text Reference)
- GIST
(Text Reference)
- HIGHLIGHT
(Text Reference)
- IFILTER
(Text Reference)
- MARKUP
(Text Reference)
- PKENCODE
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_FILTER
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_GIST
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_HIGHLIGHT
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_MARKUP
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_THEMES
(Text Reference)
- POLICY_TOKENS
(Text Reference)
- result tables
(Text Reference)
- SET_KEY_TYPE
(Text Reference)
- THEMES
(Text Reference)
- TOKENS
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_DOC package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_DOC_KEY_TYPE system parameter
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_FEEDBACK_ITEM_TYPE type
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_FEEDBACK_TYPE type
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEXES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_ERRORS view
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_OBJECTS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view
- views
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES (Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_INDEX_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_OBJECTS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_LOV view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_OUTPUT package
(Text Reference)
- ADD_EVENT
(Text Reference)
- ADD_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- END_LOG
(Text Reference)
- GET_TRACE_VALUE
(Text Reference)
- LOGFILENAME
(Text Reference)
- LOG_TRACES
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_EVENT
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- RESET_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- START_LOG
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_OUTPUT package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_OUTPUT.END_QUERY_LOG
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_OUTPUT.START_QUERY_LOG
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_PARAMETERS view
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_PENDING view
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_PREFERENCES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_PREFERENCE_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_QUERY package
- BROWSE_WORDS
(Text Reference)
- COUNT_HITS
(Text Reference)
- EXPLAIN
(Text Reference)
- HFEEDBACK
(Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SQE
(Text Reference)
- result tables
(Text Reference)
- STORE_SQE
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_QUERY package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_QUERY.disable_transactional_query session variable
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_REPORT
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT output format
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_REPORT package
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT
(Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_INDEX
(Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_POLICY
(Text Reference)
- function versions of procedures
(Text Reference)
- INDEX_SIZE
(Text Reference)
- INDEX_STATS
(Text Reference)
- QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY
(Text Reference)
- TOKEN_INFO
(Text Reference)
- TOKEN_TYPE
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_REPORT package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_REPORT.CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_INDEX
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_POLICY
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.INDEX_SIZE
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.INDEX_STATS
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT.TOKEN_INFO
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT_QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_REPORT_TOKEN_TYPE
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
CTX_SECTIONS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_SECTION_GROUPS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_SQES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_STOPLISTS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_STOPWORDS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_SUB_LEXERS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_THES package
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- about
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ALTER_PHRASE
(Text Reference)
- ALTER_THESAURUS
(Text Reference)
- BT
(Text Reference)
- BTG
(Text Reference)
- BTI
(Text Reference)
- BTP
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION
(Text Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS
(Text Reference)
- DROP_PHRASE
(Text Reference)
- DROP_RELATION
(Text Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS
(Text Reference)
- NT
(Text Reference)
- NTG
(Text Reference)
- NTI
(Text Reference)
- NTP
(Text Reference)
- OUTPUT_STYLE
(Text Reference)
- PT
(Text Reference)
- result tables
(Text Reference)
- RT
(Text Reference)
- SN
(Text Reference)
- SYN
(Text Reference)
- THES_TT
(Text Reference)
- TR
(Text Reference)
- TRSYN
(Text Reference)
- TT
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_THES package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_THES.CREATE_TRANSLATION
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_THES.DROP_TRANSLATION
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_THES.UPDATE_TRANSLATION
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_THESAURI view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_TRACE_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_ULEXER package
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_ULEXER package documentation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEXES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_ERRORS view
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_OBJECTS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_SETS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_INDEX_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_PENDING view
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_PREFERENCES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_PREFERENCE_VALUES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_SECTIONS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_SECTION_GROUPS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_SQES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_STOPLISTS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_STOPWORDS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_SUB_LEXERS view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_THESAURI view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_USER_THES_PHRASES view
(Text Reference)
-
CTX_VERSION view
(Text Reference)
-
CUBE clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- of SELECT statements
(SQL Reference)
- partial
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- when to use
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
cube dimensions
- described
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
cube load specifications
(OLAP Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP Reference)
- DBMS_AWM methods on
(OLAP Reference)
-
cube refresh
- basic steps
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CUBEDEF dimension
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
cubes
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- aggregation forms for
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating
(OLAP Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Reference)
- creating and refreshing in analytic workspaces
(OLAP Reference)
- creating in analytic workspaces
(OLAP Reference)
- database standard form
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_AWM methods on
(OLAP Reference)
- defined
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- hierarchical
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- in analytic workspaces
(OLAP Reference)
- logical
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- naming in analytic workspaces
(OLAP Reference)
- partitioned into base cubes
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- populating in analytic workspaces
(OLAP Reference)
- recording dimensionality of MdmMeasure objects
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- solved
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- source
(OLAP Reference)
- target
(OLAP Reference)
- unsolved
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- viewing
(OLAP Reference)
-
CUBE_MEASURES valueset
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
CUBIC resampling method
(Spatial GeoRaster)
-
CUME_DIST (aggregate) function
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CUME_DIST (analytic) function
(SQL Quick Reference)
-
CUME_DIST function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CUMSUM function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
cumulative distributions
(SQL Reference)
-
cumulative incremental backups
(Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
cumulative totals
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
currencies
- formats
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
Currency
- Java API
(COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
currency
- group separators
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
currency symbol
- ISO
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- local
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- union
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
current
- analytic workspace, defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
current analytic workspace
- defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
current directory
- defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
current mode
- TKPROF
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CURRENT OF clause
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mimicking with ROWID
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
current outfile
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
current position in a Cursor, definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
current release
- upgrading spatial data to
(Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
current row
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using FETCH to retrieve
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
current status
(OLAP DML Reference)
- checking for a dimension value
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
current status list
- defined
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
current user database links
- advantages and disadvantages
(Administrator's Guide)
- cannot access in shared schema
(Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- schema independence
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CURRENT_BIND attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_DATE function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CURRENT_DATE SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CURRENT_INSTANCE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
CURRENT_PARENT_TAB_TEXT substitution string
(HTML DB User's Guide)
-
CURRENT_SCHEMA attribute, USERENV
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_SCHEMA session parameter
(SQL Reference)
-
CURRENT_SCHEMAID attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_SQL attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_SQL1 to CURRENT_SQL7 attributes
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_SQL_LENGTH attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CURRENT_USER attribute, USERENV
(Security Guide)
-
CURRENT_USER clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINKI
(SQL Reference)
-
CURRENT_USERID attribute
(Security Guide)
-
CURRVAL pseudo-column
(Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions
(Administrator's Guide)
-
CURRVAL pseudocolumn
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
cursor
- closing
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concept of
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaration of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- name of
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- namespace for
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- restricted scope of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax of
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using in queries
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
cursor and cursor variable, definitions
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
cursor attributes
- %BULK_EXCEPTIONS
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %BULK_ROWCOUNT
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %FOUND
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ISOPEN
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %NOTFOUND
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ROWCOUNT
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- implicit
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- values
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
cursor cache
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- gathering statistics about
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
cursor cancellation
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Cursor class
- architecture, advantages of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
cursor control statements
- example of typical sequence
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
cursor declarations
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CURSOR expression
(Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
-
CURSOR expressions
(SQL Reference)
-
cursor expressions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
cursor FOR loops
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
Cursor objects
- created in the current Transaction
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- current position, definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager objects for creating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent calculation, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- faster and slower varying components
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- fetch size definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting children of, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting the values of, examples
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- methods of creating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- parent starting and ending position
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- position
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Source objects for which you cannot create
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- span, definition
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying fetch size for a table view, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying the behavior of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- starting and ending positions of a value, example of calculating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- structure
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
cursor operations
- overview of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
Cursor Stability
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
cursor subqueries
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
cursor variable
- closing
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
cursor variable parameters
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
cursor variables
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- advantages
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allocating
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- as parameters to table functions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- assignment
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- closing
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- heap memory usage
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- must use late binding
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- not available for Ada
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- opening in a standalone stored procedure
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- return types
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- scope
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
cursor variables, restrictions on
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
CURSOR() function
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
CursorInfoSpecification interface
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorInput class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorInput objects
- compared to Parameter objects
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorManager class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorManager objects
- closing before rolling back a Transaction
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- methods of creating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- updating the CursorManagerSpecification
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorManagerSpecification class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating object, example of
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorManagerUpdateEvent class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorManagerUpdateListener class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorName
- limitations
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
cursors
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- accessing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- allocating
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allocating a cursor variable
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- analogy for
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and closing database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- association with queries
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- association with query
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cached
(SQL Reference)
- canceling
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- closing
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- closing (SQL)
- creating
(Concepts)
- DBMS_SQL package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defined
(Concepts)
- defining (SQL)
- definition
(Concepts)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects on performance
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL
(Concepts)
- explicit
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- fetching rows from
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for multirow queries
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how handling affects performance
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- maximum number of
(Concepts)
- movement through active set
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- object dependencies and
(Concepts)
- opening
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter
(Reference)
- packaged
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- parameterized
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- private SQL areas and
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- recursive
(Concepts)
- recursive SQL and
(Concepts)
- reopening
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restricted scope of
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on declaring
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RETURN clause
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- rules for naming
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope rules
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable
(Concepts)
- scrollable cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- shared
(Security Guide)
- shared pool
(Reference)
- sharing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- statements for manipulating
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures and
(Concepts)
- syntax
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- types of
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using for multirow queries
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one
(Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when closed automatically
(Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
cursors, 5-8 (continued)
- closing
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- declaring and opening cursor variables
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- maximum number of
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- pointers to
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- private SQL areas and
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
CursorSpecification class
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorSpecification objects
- getting from a CursorManagerSpecification, example
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
CursorType
- tips for ADO programmers
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN exception
(PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
CURSOR_NUM column
- TKPROF_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CURSOR_SHARING initialization parameter
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
CURSOR_SHARING_EXACT hint
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
CURSOR_SPACE_FOR_TIME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Reference)
-
custom collection classes
- and JPublisher
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
custom connection manager
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
custom database
- archiving mode
(Platform Guide for Windows)
-
custom error objects
- interfaces supported
(Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
custom installation
(Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
-
custom Java classes
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
custom log
(HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
custom MdmMeasure,creating
(OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
custom measures
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP Reference)
- BI Beans support
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- creating
(OLAP Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP Reference)
- managing
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- querying
(OLAP Reference)
- syntax for DBMS_AW_UTILITIES
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- updating
(OLAP Reference)
- views of mappings
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
custom object classes
- creating
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
custom OWA, definition
(Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
custom reference classes
- and JPublisher
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
CustomDatum Java storage format
(SQL Reference)
-
CUSTOMER_DIM table
- described
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
customizing time zone data
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
CUST_MEAS columns
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
cut operator
(interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
CV function
(SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
CWM2
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- described
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- directing output
(OLAP Reference)
- write APIs
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2$_AW_PERM_CUST_MEAS_MAP table
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2$_AW_TEMP_CUST_MEAS_MAP table
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_CATALOG package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_CLASSIFY package
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_CUBE package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_DIMENSION package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_DIMENSION_ATTRIBUTE package
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_HIERARCHY package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_LEVEL package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_MANAGER package
(OLAP Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_MEASURE package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_METADATA_REFRESH package
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_PC_TRANSFORM package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_TABLE_MAP package
(OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_VALIDATE package
(OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
-
CWM2_OLAP_VERIFY_ACCESS package
(OLAP Reference)
-
CyberSafe ActiveTrust
(Security Overview)
-
CyberSafe authentication
(Security Overview)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
-
CYCLE parameter
- of CREATE SEQUENCE
(SQL Reference)
-
cycle time
- reduced information
(New Features Guide)
-
cycling in complexTypes
- self-referencing
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
Copyright © 2004, Oracle. All rights reserved.